CA2522577C - Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds - Google Patents

Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CA2522577C
CA2522577C CA2522577A CA2522577A CA2522577C CA 2522577 C CA2522577 C CA 2522577C CA 2522577 A CA2522577 A CA 2522577A CA 2522577 A CA2522577 A CA 2522577A CA 2522577 C CA2522577 C CA 2522577C
Authority
CA
Canada
Prior art keywords
alkyl
cycloalkyl
pharmaceutically acceptable
acceptable salt
compound according
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
CA2522577A
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
CA2522577A1 (en
Inventor
Montse Llinas-Brunet
Murray Bailey
Punit Bhardwaj
Josee Bordeleau
Pasquale Forgione
Elise Ghiro
Vida Gorys
Nathalie Goudreau
Sylvie Goulet
Teddy Halmos
Jean Rancourt
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Original Assignee
Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=33476973&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=CA2522577(C) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH filed Critical Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Publication of CA2522577A1 publication Critical patent/CA2522577A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CA2522577C publication Critical patent/CA2522577C/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/04Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/06Tripeptides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/19Cytokines; Lymphokines; Interferons
    • A61K38/21Interferons [IFN]
    • A61K38/212IFN-alpha
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0804Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/0808Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. Val, Ile, Leu
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0827Tripeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Abstract

Compounds of formula (I): wherein B, X, R3, L0, L1, L2, R2, R1 and RC are defined herein. The compounds are useful as inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease for the treatment of hepatitis C viral infection.

Description

HEPATITIS C INHIBITOR COMPOUNDS

FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds, processes for their synthesis, compositions and methods for the treatment of hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection. In particular, the present invention provides novel peptide analogs, pharmaceutical compositions containing such analogs and methods for using these analogs in the treatment of HCV infection.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Hepatitis C virus (HCV) is the major etiological agent of post-transfusion and community-acquired non-A non-B hepatitis worldwide. It is estimated that over million people worldwide are infected by the virus. A high percentage of carriers become chronically infected and many progress to chronic liver disease, so-called .15 chronic hepatitis C. This group is in turn at high risk for serious liver disease such as liver cirrhosis, hepatocellular carcinoma and terminal liver disease leading to death.

The mechanism by which HCV establishes viral persistence and causes a high rate of chronic liver disease has not been thoroughly elucidated. It is not known how HCV interacts with and evades the host immune system. In addition, the roles of cellular and humoral immune responses in protection against HCV infection and disease have yet to be established. Immunoglobulins have been reported for prophylaxis of transfusion-associated viral hepatitis, however, the Center for Disease Control does not presently recommend immunogiobulin treatment for this purpose. The lack of an effective protective immune response is hampering the development of a vaccine or adequate post-exposure prophylaxis measures, so in the near-term, hopes are firmly pinned on antiviral interventions.

Various clinical studies have been conducted with the goal of identifying pharmaceutical agents capable of effectively treating HCV infection in patients afflicted with chronic hepatitis C. These studies have involved the use of interferon-alpha, alone and in combination with other antiviral agents. Such studies have.
shown that a substantial number of the participants do not respond to these therapies, and of those that do respond favorably, a large proportion were found to relapse after termination of treatment.

Until recently, interferon (IFN) was the only available therapy of proven benefit approved in the clinic for patients with chronic hepatitis C. However the sustained response rate is low, and interferon treatment also induces severe side-effects (i.e.
retinopathy, thyroiditis, acute pancreatitis, depression) that diminish the quality of life of treated patients. Recently, interferon in combination with ribavirin has been approved for patients non-responsive to IFN alone. However, the side effects caused by IFN are not alleviated With this combination therapy. Pegylated forms of interferons such as PEG-Intron and Pegasys can apparently partially address these deleterious side-effects but antiviral drugs still remain the avenue of choice for oral treatment of HCV.

Therefore, a need exists for the development of effective antiviral agents for treatment of HCV infection that overcome the limitations of existing pharmaceutical therapies.

HCV is an enveloped positive strand RNA virus in the Flaviviridae family. The single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of.about amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non-structural (NS) proteins. In the case of HCV, the generation of mature nonstructural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases. The first one, as yet poorly characterized, cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction (henceforth referred to as NS2/3 protease); the second one is a serine protease contained within the N-terminal region of NS3 (NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3, both in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A-NS4B, NS4B-NS5A, NS5A-NS5B sites. The NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components. The complex formation of the NS3 protease with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficiency at all of the sites. The NS3 protein also exhibits nucleoside triphosphatase and RNA
helicase activities. NS5B is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV.

A general strategy for the development of antiviral agents is to inactivate virally encoded enzymes that are essential for the replication of the virus.

More recently, the NS3 protease has been found to potentially have an additional impact by blocking the IFN-mediated cellular antiviral activity in the infected cell (Foy et al., Science, 17 April 2003). This lends credence to a hypothesis that the NS3/NS4A protease may represent a dual therapeutic target, the inhibition of which may both block viral replication and restore interferon response of HCV
infected cells.

In WO 00/09543, compounds of the formula B-1 Y N Ra '~J~
Y O (CH2)1,2 O N OH
H
O
wherein a preferred meaning of R2 is an unsubstituted or mono- or disubstituted quinolinyl residue as defined therein, are described as hepatitis C viral NS3 protease inhibitors, an enzyme essential for the replication of the hepatitis C virus.
The present invention provides tripeptide compounds that have improved potency.
against the HCV NS3 protease. Furthermore, compounds being highly active in cell culture are provided.

An advantage of one aspect of the present invention resides in the fact that compounds according to this invention specifically inhibit the NS3 protease and do not show significant inhibitory activity against other human serine proteases such as human leukocyte elastase (HLE), or cysteine proteases such as human liver cathepsin B (Cat B).
Compared to the compounds as disclosed in WO 00/09543, compounds as provided by this invention exhibit unexpected advantages. In general they show one or more of the following advantages:
- lower IC50 values in a NS3-NS4A protease assay;
- lower EC50 values in a cell based HCV RNA replication assay;
- better solubility; and/or - higher plasma levels when administered orally in the rat.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Included in the scope of the invention is a racemate, diastereoisomer, or optical isomer of a compound of formula (I):

L1 N-/\

L2 i i X lt~ N C
H R
O O N"R

wherein .13 is (C1_10)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, or (C1-4)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1.3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and 0-(C1-4)alkyl; and c) wherein each of said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with halogen; and d) wherein each of said cycloalkyl groups being 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered having optionally one (for the 4-, 5, 6, or 7-membered) or two (for the 5-, 6- or 7-membered) -CH2-groups not directly linked to each other replaced by -0- such that the 0-atom is linked to'the group X via at least two C-atoms;

X is O or NH;
R3 is (C2_8)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, wherein each of said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-4)alkyl;

L is H, halogen, (C1_4)alkyl, -OH, -O-(C1.4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1_4)alkyl or -N((C1-0.)alkyl)2i L', L2 are each independently halogen, cyano, (C1-.)alkyl, -O-(C1-)alkyl, -S-(C1.4)alkyl, -SO-(C1.4)alkyl, or -S02-(C1.4)alkyl, wherein each of said alkyl groups is optionally substituted with from one to three halogen atoms; and either L' or L2 (but not both at the same time) may also be H; or L andL'or L and L2 may be covalently bonded to form, together with the two C-atoms to which they are linked, a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring wherein one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced each independently by -0- or NRa wherein Ra is H or (C1_4)alkyl, and wherein said carbo- or heterocyclic ring is optionally mono- or di-substituted with (C1-4)aikyl;

R2 is R20, -NR22COR20, -NR22000R20 -NR22R21 and -NR22CONR2'R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1.8)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl and (C1.4)alkyl-(C3_7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1.3)alkyl;
R21 is H or R2('as defined above, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H and methyl, R1 is ethyl or vinyl;
Rc is hydroxy or NHSO2RS wherein Rs is (C1.6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C1.6)alkyl-(C3_7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyridinyl, (C1-.)alkyl-phenyl, (C1-4)alkyl-naphthyl or (C14)alkyl-pyridinyl; each of which optionally being mono-, di- or tri-substituted with substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -5 _ (C1-4)alkyl, O-(C1.6)alkyl, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1.4)alkyl)2, -NH2, -NH(C1.4)alkyl and -N((C1.4)alkyl)2, wherein (C14)alkyl and O-(C1-6)alkyl are optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms; and each of which optionally being monosubstituted with nitro;
or Rs is.-N(RN2)RN1), wherein RNI and RN2 are independently selected from -H, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C1.6)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl and (C1_6)alkyl-' aryl; Wherein said (C1_6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-6)alkyI-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl and (C1-6)alkyl-aryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1_6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1_6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((CI-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1_4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1.6)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, each of which optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0, and each of which being optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1.4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1_4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1.4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl;

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.

Included within the scope of this invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, in admixture with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier medium or auxiliary agent.

According to a further aspect of this embodiment the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention further comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one other antiviral agent.

Another important aspect of the invention involves a method of treating or preventing a hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, or a composition as described above, alone or in combination with at least one other antiviral agent, administered together or separately.
5, Also within the scope of this invention is the use of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, as described herein, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C
viral infection. in mammal.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
Definitions As used herein, the following definitions apply unless otherwise noted:
With reference to the instances where (R) or (S) is used to designate the absolute configuration of a substituent or asymmetric center of a compound of formula I, the designation is done in the context of the whole compound and not in the context of the substituent or asymmetric center alone.

The designation "P1, P2, and P3" as used herein refer to the position of the amino acid residues starting from the C-ferminus end of the peptide analogs and extending towards the N-terminus (i.e. P1 refers to position I from the C-terminus, P2:
second position from the C-terminus, etc.) (see Berger A. & Schechter L, Transactions of the Royal Society London series B257, 249-264 (1970)).
As used herein the term "(1 R, 2S)-vinyl-ACCA" refers to a compound' of formula:
S
OH
HNR
z namely, (IR, 2S) 1-amino-2-ethenylcyclopropanecarboxylic acid.

30. The term "(C,_,)alkyl" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl substituents containing from I to n carbon atoms. "(C1_6)alkyi" includes, but is not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylethyl (i-propyl), 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl,.1,1-dimethylethyl (tent-butyl), pentyl and hexyl. The abbreviations Me and Pr denote a methyl group and n-propyl respectively.

The term "(C3.7)cycloalkyl" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means a cycloalkyl substituent containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms and includes, but is not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.

The term "(C1_n)alkyl-(C3_7)cycloalkyl" as used herein means an alkylene radical containing 1 to n carbon atoms to which a cycloalkyl radical containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms is directly linked;and includes, but is not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, 1-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 1-cyclohexylethyl, 2-cyclohexylethyl and cycloheptylpropyl.
The'term aryl or "C6 or C10 aryl" as used herein interchangeably, either alone or in combination with another radical, means either an aromatic monocyclic group containing 6 carbon atoms or an aromatic bicyclic group containing 10 carbon atoms. Aryl includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, I-naphthyl or 2-naphthyl.

As used herein, the term "(C1_n)alkyl-aryl" means an alkyl radical containing from I to n carbon atoms to which an aryl is bonded. Examples of (C1_3)alkyl-aryl include, but are not limited to, benzyl (phenylmethyl), 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl and phenylpropyl.
The term "O-(C1_õ )alkyl" or "(C1_n)alkoxy" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another radical, means the radical -O-(C1_r,)alkyl wherein alkyl is as defined above containing from 1 to n carbon atoms, and includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, butoxy and 1,1-dimethylethoxy. The latter radical is known commonly as tert-butoxy.

The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein means a halogen substituent selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable ester" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means esters of the compound of formula I in which any of the carboxyl functions of the molecule, but preferably the carboxy terminus, is replaced by an alkoxycarbdnyl function:
O

OR
in which the R moiety of the ester is selected from alkyl (including, but not limited to,.
methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, t-butyl, n-butyl); alkoxyalkyl (including, but not limited to methoxymethyl); alkoxyacyl (including, but not limited to acetoxymethyl);
alkyl-aryl (including, but not limited to benzyl); aryloxyalkyl (including, but not.limited to phenoxymethyl); aryl (including, but not limited to phenyl), optionally substituted with halogen, (C1-.)alkyl or (C14)alkoxy. Other suitable prodrug esters can be found in Design of prodrugs, Bundgaard, H. Ed. Elsevier (1985). Such pharmaceutically acceptable esters are usually hydrolyzed in vivo when injected in a mammal and transformed into the acid form of the compound of formula I. With regard to the esters described above, unless otherwise specified, any alkyl moiety present advantageously contains 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly I to 6 carbon atoms.
Any aryl moiety present in such esters advantageously comprises a phenyl group. In particular the esters may be a C1_16 alkyl ester, an unsubstituted benzyl ester or a benzyl ester substituted with at least one halogen, C1_6 alkyl, C1_6 alkoxy, nitro or trifluoromethyl.

The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means a salt of a compound of formula (I) which is, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, generally water or oil-soluble or dispersible, and effective for their intended use.
The term includes pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts. Lists of suitable salts are found in, e.g., S.M. Birge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, pp. 1-19.
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt" means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic.acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, butyric_ acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, digluconic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, glycerophosphoric acid, hemisulfic acid, hexanoic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, 2-hydroxyethane-sulfonic acid (isethionic acid), lactic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malic acid, masonic acid, mandelic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, pamoic acid, pectinic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, pivalic acid, propionic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfanilic acid, tartaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, undecanoic acid, and the like.

The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salt" means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic bases such as ammonia or hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of ammonium or a metal cation such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable organic nontoxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, quaternary amine compounds, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion-exchange resins, such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, isopropylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, tetrarriethylammonium compounds, tetraethylammonium compounds, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, polyamine resins, and the like. Particularly preferred organic nontoxic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline, and caffeine.

The term "mammal" as it is used herein is meant to encompass humans, as well as non-human mammals which are susceptible to infection by hepatitis C virus including domestic animals, such as cows, pigs, horses, dogs and cats, and non-domestic animals.

The term "antiviral agent" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal.
This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. Such agents can be selected from: another anti-HCV agent, HIV inhibitor, HAV inhibitor and HBV
inhibitor. Antiviral agents include, for example, ribavirin, amantadine, VX-(merimepodib, Vertex Pharmaceuticals), VX-498 (Vertex Pharmaceuticals), Levovirin, Viramidine, Ceplene (maxamine), XTL-001 and XTL-002 (XTL
Biopharmaceuticals).

The term "other anti-HCV agent" as used herein means those agents that are effective for diminishing or preventing the progression of hepatitis C related symptoms of disease. Such agents can be selected from: immunomodulatory agents, inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, inhibitors of HCV polymerise or inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle.

The term "immunomodulatory agent" as used herein means those agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to enhance or potentiate the immune system response in a mammal. Immunomodulatory agents include, for example, class I interferons (such as a-, R-, S- co- and ti-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo-interferons), class II interferons (such as y-interferons) and pegylated forms thereof.
The term "inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of HCV NS3 protease in a mammal. Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include, for example, those compounds described in WO 99/07733, WO 99/07734, WO 00/09558, WO
00/09543, WO 00/59929, WO 03/064416, WO 03/064455, WO 03/064456, WO
02/060926, 'NO 03/053349, WO 03/099316 or WO 03/099274, and the Vertex pre-development candidate identified as VX-950.

The term "inhibitor of HCV polymerase" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of an HCV polymerase in a mammal. This includes, for example, inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase.
Inhibitors of HCV polymerase include non-nucleosides, for example, those compounds described in:
= WO 2004/065367, (Boehringer Ingelheim), = WO 2004/064925, (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 04/005286 (Gilead), WO 04/002977 (Pharmacia), WO 04/002944 (Pharmacia), WO 04/002940 (Pharmacia), WO 03/101993 (Neogenesis), WO 03/099824 (Wyeth), WO 03/099275 (Wyeth), WO 03/099801 (GSK)), WO 03/097646 (GSK), WO
03/095441 (Pfizer), WO 03/090674 (Viropharma), WO 03/084953 (B&C Biopharm), WO 03/082265 (Fujisawa), WO 03/082848 (Pfizer), WO 03/062211 (Merck), WO
03/059356 (GSK), EP 1321463 (Shire), WO 03/040112 (Rigel), WO 03/037893 (GSK), WO 03/037894 (GSK), WO 03/037262 (GSK), WO 03/037895 (GSK), WO
03/026587 (BMS), WO 03/002518 (Dong Wha), WO 03/000254 (Japan Tobacco), WO 02/100846 Al (Shire), WO 02/100851 A2 (Shire), WO 02/098424 Al (GSK), WO 02/079187 (Dong Wha), WO 03/02/20497 (Shionogi), WO 02/06246 (Merck), WO 01/47883 (Japan Tobacco), WO 01/85172 Al (GSK), WO 01/85720 (GSK), WO
01/77091 (Tularik), WO 00/18231 (Viropharma), WO 00/13708 (Viropharma), WO
01/10573 (Viropharma) WO 00/06529 (Merck), EP 1 256 628 A2 (Agouron), WO
02/04425 (Boehringer Ingelheim) WO 03/007945 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO
03/010140 (Boehringer Ingelheim) and WO 03/010141 (Boehringer Ingelheim).
Furthermore other inhibitors of HCV polymerase also include nucleoside analogs, for example, those compounds described in: WO 04/007512 (Merck/Isis), WO
04/003000 (Idenix), WO 04/002999 (Idenix), WO 04/0002422 (Idenix), WO
04/003138 (Merck), WO 03/105770 (Merck), WO 03/105770 (Merck), WO
03/093290 (Genelabs), WO 03/087298 (Biocryst), WO 03/062256 (Ribapharm), WO
03/062255 (Ribapharm), WO 03/061385 (Ribapharm), WO 03/026675 (Idenix), WO
03/026589 (Idenix), WO 03/020222 (Merck), WO 03/000713 (Glaxo), WO
02/100415 (Hoffmann-La Roche), WO 02/1094289 (Hoffmann-La Roche), WO
02/051425 (Mitsubishi), WO 02/18404 (Hoffmann-La Roche), WO 02/069903 (Biocryst Pharmaceuticals Inc.), WO 02/057287 (Merck/Isis), WO 02/057425 (Merck/Isis), WO 01/90121 (Idenix), WO 01/60315 (Shire) and WO 01/32153 (Shire). Specific examples of inhibitors of an HCV polymerase, include JTK-002, JTK-003 and JTK-109 (Japan Tobacco).

The term "inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal other than by inhibiting the function of the protease. This includes agents that interfere with either host or HCV viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal.
Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include, for example, agents that inhibit a target selected from helicase, NS2/3 protease and internal ribosome entry site (IRES). Specific examples of inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include ISIS-14803 (ISIS Pharmaceuticals).

The term "HIV inhibitor" as used herein means an agents (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. HIV inhibitors include, for example, nucleoside inhibitors, non-nucleoside inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors.
The term "HAV inhibitor" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. HAV inhibitors include Hepatitis A
vaccines, for example, Havrix (GlaxoSmithKline), VAQTA (Merck) and Avaxim (Aventis Pasteur).

The term "HBV inhibitor" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. HBV inhibitors include, for example, agents that inhibit HBV viral DNA polymerase or HBV vaccines.
Specific examples of HBV inhibitors include Lamivudine (Epivir-HBV ), Adefovir Dipivoxil, Entecavir, FTC (Coviracil'), DAPD (DXG), L-FMAU (Clevudine ), AM365 (Amrad), Ldt (Telbivudine), monoval-LdC (Valtorcitabine), ACH-1 26,443 (L-Fd4C) (Achillion), MCC478 (Eli Lilly), Racivir (RCV), Fluoro-L and D nucleosides, Robustaflavone, ICN
2001-3 (ICN), Barn 205 (Novelos), XTL-001 (XTL), Imino-Sugars (Nonyl-DNJ) (Synergy), HepBzyme; and immunomodulator products such as: interferon alpha 2b, HE2000 (Hollis-Eden), TheradigmTM (Epimmune), EHT899 (Enzo Biochem), Thymosin alpha-1 (Zadaxin ), HBV DNA vaccine (PowderJectTM), HBV DNA
vaccine (Jefferon Center), HBV antigen (OraGen), BayHep Be (Bayer), Nabi-HB
(Nabi) and Anti-hepatitis B (Cangene); and HBV vaccine products such as the following: EngerixTM B, RecombivaxTM HB, GenHevacT"' B, Hepacare, Bio-Hep B, TwinRixTM, Comvax, Hexavac.

The term "class I interferon" as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type I. This includes both naturally and synthetically produced class I interferons. Examples of class I interferons include a-, R-, S-, w- and -c-interferons, consensus interferons, asialo-interferons and pegylated forms thereof.

The term "class II interferon" as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type II. Examples of class II
interferons include y-interferons.

Specific preferred examples of some of these agents are listed below:
^ antiviral agents: ribavirin or amantadine;
^ immunomodulatory agents: class I interferons, class 11 interferons or pegylated forms thereof;
^ HCV polymerase inhibitors: nucleoside analogs or non-nucleosides;
= inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle that inhibits a target selected from: NS3 helicase, NS2/3 protease or internal ribosome entry site (IRES);
= HIV inhibitors: nucleosidic inhibitors, non-nucleosidic inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors or integrase inhibitors; or ^ HBV inhibitors: agents that inhibit viral DNA polymerase or is an HBV
vaccine.
As discussed above, combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional agent selected from: an antiviral agent, an immunomodulatory agent, another inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease, an inhibitor of HCV polymerase, an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle, an HIV inhibitor, an HAV
inhibitor and an HBV inhibitor. Examples of such agents are. provided in the Definitions section above. These additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of a compound of formula. (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

As used herein, the term "treatment" means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention to alleviate or eliminate symptoms of the hepatitis C disease and/or to reduce viral load in a patient.
As used herein, the term "prevention" means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention post-exposure of the individual to the virus but before the appearance of symptoms of the disease, and/or prior to the detection of the virus in the blood, to prevent the appearance of symptoms of the disease.

As used herein, the designation whereby a bond to a substituent R is drawn as emanating from the center of a ring, such as, for example, R I \ R R
\ I N /
or means that the substituent R maybe attached to any free position-on the ring that would otherwise be substituted with a hydrogen atom, unless specified otherwise.
The following sign --- or -3 are used interchangeably in sub-formulas to indicate the bond which is connected to the rest of the molecule as defined.

Preferred embodiments In the following preferred embodiments, groups and substituents of the compounds according to this invention are described in detail.

B is preferably selected from (C2.3)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl and (C1_3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1.3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and 0-(C1-4)alkyl; and c) wherein each of said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with fluorine or mono-substituted with chlorine or bromine; and d) wherein in each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or 7-membered, one or two -CH2-groups not being .directly linked to each other may be replaced by -0-such that the O-atom is linked to the group X via at least two C-atoms.

More preferably, B is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, tent-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, a) wherein each of said groups is optionally substituted with I to 3 substituents selected from methyl and ethyl;
b) wherein each of said groups is optionally mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy, methoxy and ethoxy; and .
c) wherein each of said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with fluorine or mono-substituted with chlorine or bromine; and d) wherein in each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-,,6- or 7-membered, one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced by -0-such that the O-atom is linked to the group X via at least two C-atoms.

B is even more preferably selected from ethyl, 1-methylethyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, propyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,1,2-trimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 1-ethyl-2--16.

methylpropyl, 1-(1-methylethyl)-2-methylpropyl, 1-ethyl-2,2-dimethylpropyl, butyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1,2-di methylbutyl, 1,1-dimethylbutyl, 1,3-dimethylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 2,3-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1,2,2-trimethylbutyl, 1,2,3-trimethylbutyl, 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl, 2,3,3-trimethylbutyl and 2,2,3-trimethylbutyl, whereby these alkyl-groups may be substituted with chlorine or bromine, or with 1, 2 or 3 fluorine substituents. Examples of preferred fluorinated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl and 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl.

In addition, even more preferably, B is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl or is selected from the following formulas, wherein one or two CH2-groups of a cycloalkyl group is replaced by oxygen:

O O O O O O O O OHO
From the above list., cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl groups optionally comprising I or 2 0-atoms are optionally substituted with 1, 2 or 3 methyl-groups. Especially those cycloalkyl groups, optionally comprising 1 or 2 O-atoms, are preferred, wherein the a-C-atom is substituted with methyl.

Further examples of preferred substituted cyclic groups are O O
Me and Most preferably B is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, tent-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl, and a group selected from:
O O , o and o 603 , A .
Still, most preferably B is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, tent-butyl, cyclopentyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl, 2-fluoroethyl or 3-fluoropropyl.

According to one embodiment of this invention X is O.
According to another embodiment of this invention X is NH.

R3 is preferably (C2_6)alkyl, (C8_7)cycloalkyl or (Ci_3)alkyl-(C3_7)cycloalkyl, each of which being optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from (C,-4)alkyl.
R3 is more preferably selected from ethyl, propyl, butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, or cyclohexylmethyl, each of which optionally being substituted' with 1 or 2 substituents selected from methyl, ethyl and propyl.

Even more preferably R3 is selected from 1-methylethyl, 1, 1 -dimethylethyl, 1-methyipropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl, I-methylcyclohexyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, (1-methylcyclopentyl)methyl and (1-methylcyclohexyl)methyl.

R3 is most preferably selected from 1,1-dimethylethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl.
Still, R3 is most preferably selected from 1,1-dimethylethyl and cyclohexyl.

L is preferably selected from H, halogen, CH3, -OH, -OCH3, -OC2H5, -OC3H7, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHC2H5, -NHC3H7, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)C2H5, -.
N(CH3)C3H7 and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2.
Most preferably L is selected from H, -OH, -OCH3, halogen and -N(CH3)2=

Even most preferably, L is H, -OH or-OCH3.
Still, most preferably, L is H or -OCH3, L' and L2 are preferably each independently selected from: halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -OC2H5i -OC3H7, -OCH(CH3)2, CF3, -SMe, -SOMe, and SO2Me whereby either L' or L2 may be H.
More preferably either one of L' and L2 is -CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me and the other of L' and L2 is H.

Most preferably L' is CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me and L2 is H.
Therefore, preferably L is selected from: H, -OH and -OCH3; and either one of L' and L2 is CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me and the other of L' and L2 is H.
More preferably L is selected from H, -OH and -OCH3; L' is - CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me; and L2 is H.

Most preferably L is H or -OCH3; L' is -CH3, Cl or Br; and L2 is H.

In the case L and L' are covalently bonded to form together with the quinoline residue to which they are linked a ring system, this ring system is preferably selected from:
b (R)1-2 (Rb)0.2 (R b)", (R b)", Xb x \Xb Xa N\
% Xa \ Xa Xa LZ ~2 wherein Xa, Xb are independently selected from CH2, 0 and NRa; most preferably 0;
Ra is each independently H or (Ci-4)alkyl;
Rb is each independently (Ci-4)alkyl;
L2 is as defined; preferably H or methyl, particularly H.
In the case L and L2 are covalently bonded to form together with the quinoline residue to which they are linked a ring system, this ring.system is preferably selected from:

Li b X N Xb ~ N
i r ~ r a (Rb )0.2 (Rb)0.2 X
Lr b b x x N
(Rb)0.2 (R)0.2 Xa , and wherein Xa, Xb are independently selected from CH2i 0 and NRa; most preferably 0;
Ra is each independently H or (C1-4)alkyl;
Rb is each independently (C1.4)alkyl; -L' is as defined; preferably H or methyl, particularly H.

More preferably, L and L' are covalently bonded to form, together with the quinoline residue to which they are linked, a ring system which is selected from:

(Rb)0.2 (Rb)0.2 (Rb)0.2 O
N O N\ `' ( \ N\

and wherein each Rb is independently.(C,-4)alkyl and L2 is as defined; preferably H or methyl, particularly H.
Most preferably, L and L' are covalently bonded to form together with the quinoline residue to which they are linked a ring system selected from o N `--o o and wherein L2 is H or -CH3, preferably H.

R2 is preferably R20, -NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20, -NHR21 and -NHCONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1$)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and R21 is ,H or R20 as defined above; and R23 is H or methyl; most preferably H.
More preferably, R2 is R20, NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20, -NHR21-and -NHCONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, tert-butyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl-methyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, and cyclohexylmethyl, each of said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl groups being optionally substituted with I to substituents selected from methyl and ethyl, in particular methyl; and R21 is H or R20 as defined above; and R23 is H or methyl; most preferably H.
Preferably, R2 is selected from:
a) amino, N-methylamino, N-ethylamino, N-propylamino, N-(I-methylethyl)amino, N-(1,1-dimethylethyl)amino, N-(2-methylpropyl)amino, N-(1-methylpropyl)amino, N-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)amino, N-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)amino, N-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)amino, N-cyclopropylamino, N-cyclobutylamino-, N-cyclopentylamino-, N-cyclohexylamino-, N-(cyclopropylmethyl)amino, N-(cyclobutylmethyl)amino, N-(cyclopentylmethyl)amino, and N-(cyclohexylmethyl)amino;
b) methylcarbonylamino, ethylcarbonylamino, 1-methylethylcarbonylamino, propylcarbonylamino, 2-methyipropylcarbonylamino, 1-methyipropyl-carbonylamino, 2,2-dimethylpropylcarbonylamino., 1,2-dimethylpropylcarbonyl-amino, 1,1-d,imethylpropylcarbonylamino, cyclopropylcarbonylamino, cyclobutylcarbonylamino, cyclopentylcarbonylamino, cyclohexylcarbonylamino, cyclopropylmethylcarbonylamino, cyclobutylmethylcarbonylamino, cyclopentylmethylcarbonylamino, cyclohexylmethylcarbonylamino; and c) methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, 1-methylethoxycarbonylamino, propoxycarbonylamino, tert-butoxycarbonylamino, cyclopropyloxycarbonylamino, cyclobutyloxycarbonylamino, cyclopentyloxycarbonylamino, cyclohexyloxycarbonylamino, cyclopropylmethoxycarbonylamino, cyclobutylmethoxycarbonylamino, cyclopentylmethoxycarbonylamino, cyclohexylmethoxycarbonylamino;
'wherein all said cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyl groups may be mono- or disubstituted with methyl.

Most preferably R2 is -NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20, or -NHR21, wherein R20 and R2' are as defined herein.

Preferably, R20 and R21 are independently selected from: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, ter(-butyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, each of said cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyl groups optionally being mono- or di-substituted with methyl or ethyl.

More preferably, R20 and R21 are independently selected from: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclopentylmethyl.

In the moiety P1 the substituent- R1 and the carbonyl take a syn orientation.
Therefore, in the case R1 is ethyl, the asymmetric carbon atoms in the cyclopropyl group take the R,R configuration according to the subformula:

R
R
H
O
In the case R1 is vinyl, the asymmetric carbon atoms in the cyclopropyl group take the R,S configuration according to the subformula:

S
R
H
O
R1 is preferably vinyl.
Rc is preferably selected from hydroxy or NHSO2RS
wherein Rs is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, tent-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyridiny), phenylmethyl (benzyl), naphthylmethyl or pyridinylmethyl;
a) each of which optionally being mono-, di- or tri-substituted with substituents selected from fluorine and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being mono- or disubstituted with substituents selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which .optionally being monosubstituted with substituents selected from chlorine, bromine, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2.

Alternatively preferably, Rc is NHSO2RS , wherein Rs is -N(RN2)RN'), wherein R
NI
and RN2 are independently selected from H, (C1-4)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, and (C1.3)alkyl-phenyl; wherein said (C14)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, phenyl and (C1.3)alkyl-phenyl are optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1.6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1_6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C14)alkyl, -N((C1_4)alkyI)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1.4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1.4)alkyl)2, TCOOH, and -000(C1.6)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 5 or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle which may be saturated or.
unsaturated, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and 0, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1.6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1.6)alkyl, -.
NH2, -NH(C1.4)alkyl, -N((C1.4)alkyl)2i, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1.4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1_4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C,.6)alkyl.
Preferably, the group Rc is hydroxy, NHSO2-methyl, NHS02-ethyl, NHSO2-(1-methyl)ethyl, NHS02-propyl, NHSO2-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-CH2-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-cyclobutyl, NHSO2-cyclopentyl, or NHSO2-phenyl.

More preferably, Rc is hydroxy, or NHSO2-cyclopropyl.

According to a most preferred embodiment, the group Rc is hydroxy. According to an alternative most preferred embodiment, the group Rc is NHSO2-cyclopropyl.
According to another alternative most preferred embodiment, the group' Rc is NHSO2N(CH3)2.

Also encompassed within the scope of the present invention, are compounds of formula (1) wherein:
B is (C1.10)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, or (C1.4)alkyl-(C8.7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1.3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and O-(CI.4)alkyl; and c) wherein all said alkyl-groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with halogen; and d) wherein all said cycloalkyl-groups being 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered having optionally one (for the 4-, 5, 6, or 7-membered) or two (for the 5-, 6- or 7-membered) -CH2-groups not directly linked to each other replaced by -0-such that the O-atom is linked to the group X via at least two C-atoms;
X is O or NH;

R3 is (C2-8)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1.4)alkyl;
L is H, -OH, -O-(C1_)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1.4)alkyl or -N((C1.4)alkyl)2;

L1, L2 are each independently halogen, (C1-0.)alkyl, -O-(C1.4)alkyl or -S-(C1-.)alkyl (in any oxidized state such as SO or SO2); and either L' or L2 (but not both at the same time) may also be H; or L and L' or L and L2 may be covalently bonded to form, together with the two C-atoms to which they are linked, a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring wherein one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced each independently by -0- or NRa wherein Ra is H or (C1.4)alkyl, and wherein said carbo- or heterocyclic ring is optionally mono- or di-substituted with (C1-4)alkyl;
R2 is R20, -NR22COR20, -NR22000R20 -NR22R21 and -NR 22CONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1.$)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl and (C1.4)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1.3)alkyl;
R21 is H or has one of the meanings of R20 as defined above, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H and methyl, R1 is ethyl or vinyl;

Rc is hydroxy or NHSO2R5 wherein Rs is (C1.6)alkyl, (C3 7)cycloalkyl, (C1-6)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyridinyl, (C1.4)alkyl-phenyl, (C1.4)alkyl-naphthyl or (C1.4)alkyl-pyridinyl; all of which optionally being mono-, di- or tri-substituted with substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, cyano, (C1.4)alkyl, O-(C1.6)alkyl, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1_4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1_4)alkyl)2, -NH2, -NH(C1.4)alkyl and -N((C1.4)alkyl)2i and all of which optionally being monosubstituted with nitro;
or Rs can be further selected from: -NH(C1.6)alkyl, N((C1-6)alkyl)2, -Het, -N N-(CI.6)alkyl -N 0 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
Preferably, B is (C2.3)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and O-(C1:-4)alkyl; and c) wherein each of said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with fluorine or mono-substituted with chlorine or bromine; and d) wherein in each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or 7-membered, one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced by -0- such that the O-atom is linked to the group X via at least two C-atoms;
X is0orNH;
R3 is (C2-6)alkyl or (C3.7)cycloalkyl, both of which being optionally substituted with I to 3 substituents selected from (C1-4)alkyl;
L is H, -OH, -OCH3, halogen or -N(CH3)2;
L1 and L2 are each independently selected from: halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -0C2H5, -OC3H7, -OCH(CH3)2, CF3, -SMe, -SOMe, and S02Me, whereby either L1 or L2 may be H;
R2 is R20, -NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20, -NHR21 and -NHCONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1.8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1.3)alkyl-(C3.7)cycloalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl groups may be mono-, di-or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and R21 is H or R20 as defined above; and R23 is H or methyl;
R1 is ethyl or vinyl; and Rc is hydroxy, NHSO2-methyl, NHSO2-ethyl, NHSO2-(1-methyl)ethyl, NHSO2-propyl, NHSO2-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-CH2-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-cyclobutyl, NHSO2-cyclopentyl or NHSO2-phenyl.

More preferably, B is selected from: ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 3,3,3 trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl, and a group selected from:

0 O, 0 / and /

R3 is selected from 1,1-dimethylethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl; L is H, -OH or-OCH3; L' is CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me; L2 is H;
R2 is -NHCOR20, NHCOOR20 or -NHR21, wherein R20 and R21 are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, 2,2-dimethyipropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclopentylmethyl;
R' is vinyl; and Rc is hydroxy or NHSO2-cyclopropyl.

Most preferably, B is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, tent-butyl, cyclopentyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl, 2-fluoroethyl and 3-fluoropropyl; R3 is selected from 1,1-dimethylethyl and cyclohexyl; L is H or -OCH3i L' is -CH3, -Cl, or -Br; L2 is H; and Rc is hydroxy.

Examples of preferred embodiments according to this invention is each single compound listed in the following Tables 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6:
According to an alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one other anti-HCV agent.
Examples of anti-HCV agents include, a- (alpha), 1i- (beta), 8- (delta), -y- (gamma), co-(omega) or ti- (tau) interferon, pegylated a-interferon, ribavirin and amantadine.
According to another alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one other inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease.

According to another alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one inhibitor of HCV polymerise.
According to yet another alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one inhibitor of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including but not limited to, helicase, NS2/3 protease or internal ribosome entry site (IRES).

The pharmaceutical composition of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally or via an implanted reservoir. Oral administration or administration by injection is preferred. The pharmaceutical composition of this invention may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated Compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, and intralesional injection or infusion techniques.

The pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example TweenTM 80) and suspending agents.

The pharmaceutical composition of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, and aqueous suspensions and solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions are administered orally, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added.

Other suitable vehicles or carriers for the above noted formulations and compositions can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, e.g. in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Ed. Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Penn., (1995).

Dosage levels of between about 0.01 and about 100.mg/kg body weight per day, preferably between about 0.1 and about 50 mg/kg body weight per day of the protease inhibitor compound described herein are useful in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention will be administered from about I to about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. A typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w). Preferably, such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.

As the skilled artisan will appreciate, lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the infection, the patient's disposition to the infection and the judgment of the treating physician. Generally, treatment is initiated with small dosages substantially less than the optimum dose of the peptide. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. In general, the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
When the composition of this invention comprises a combination of a compound of formula I and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent, both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 100%, and more preferably between about 10 and 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen.

When these compounds, including their pharmaceutically acceptable salts and esters, are formulated'together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to inhibit HCV NS3 protease or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection. Such treatment may also be achieved using a compound of this invention in combination with another antiviral agent. Preferred other antiviral agents are described within the Definitions section and the section of preferred pharmaceutical compositions according to this invention and include, but are not limited to: a-, R-, 3-, co-, y- or tr-interferon, ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease;
inhibitors of HCV polymerase; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, which include but are not limited to, helicase, NS213 protease, or internal ribosome entry site (IRES);
or combinations thereof. The additional agents may be combined with compounds of this invention to create a single dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to a mammal as part of 'a multiple dosage form.

Accordingly, another embodiment of this invention provides a method of inhibiting HCV NS3 protease activity in a mammal by administering a compound of the formula I, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.

In a preferred embodiment, this method is useful in decreasing the NS3 protease activity of the hepatitis C virus infecting a mammal.

As discussed above, combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional antiviral agent. Preferred antiviral agents are described hereinbefore and examples of such agents are provided in the Definitions section.
These additional agents may be combined with. the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.

A compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, set forth herein may also be used as a laboratory reagent. Furthermore a compound of this invention, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester'thereof, may also be used to treat or prevent viral contamination of materials and therefore reduce the risk of viral infection of laboratory or medical personnel or patients who come in contact with such materials (e.g. blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection apparatuses and materials).
A compound of formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, set forth herein may also be used as a research .reagent. A compound of formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, may also be used as positive control to validate surrogate cell-based assays or in vitro or in vivo viral replication assays.

METHODOLOGY
Several ways of carrying out the synthesis of compounds of formula I with different quinoline derivatives are disclosed in WO 00/09558. The dipeptide intermediate (Scheme 2) and 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-7-methoxyquinoline 9 (Scheme 1) were synthesized according to the general methods described in WO 00/09543.
Compounds of formula I wherein Rc is NHSO2RS as defined herein are prepared by coupling the corresponding acid of formula I (i.e. Rc is hydroxy) with an appropriate sulfonamide of formula RSSO2NH2 in the presence of a coupling agent under standard conditions. Although several commonly used coupling agents can be employed, TBTU and HATU have been found to be practical. The sulfonamides are available commercially or can be prepared by known methods.
The following schemes illustrate two convenient processes using known methods for preparing the compounds of formula 1 when R1 is vinyl and Rc is OR

Scheme I
\ 0 0 OzN 0-\

R3 -~
0 \ o R3 B, X~HOH } HCI H 0 HMe XJLNN OMe H p 4 X=o 3 6 X=NH
L o LO L
LO j)_0Me L2 N O
OH
L OH 0 OMe o + 9 O R3 B~X~N N HV OMe B~XxNAy N N Me H llOff O TTTfff LO LI

N o Lz 0 . N 2 8r NY R
RZ 0 ` \ S

0 R3 +S-( B\ .~N \ NHZ B O R \
looo X N OMe O XxNN . OH

O H H O N

Briefly, the synthesis of dipeptide 3 is carried out by coupling the P1 residue to the properly protected trans-hydroxy proline under standard conditions. The stereochemistry of the hydroxyl group is inverted by the well known Mitsunobu reaction using para-nitrobenzoic acid. Coupling of dipeptide with the P3 moiety (prepared using standard methodology and exemplified in the examples section) yielded tripeptide 6. introduction of the quinoline moiety to the hydroxyl group of the tripeptide 7 with inversion of stereochemistry can be carried out using either a Mitsunobu reaction or by converting the free hydroxyl group into a good leaving group (such as a brosylate) and displacing it with the hydroxyl quinoline derivative 9.
For the synthesis of the 2-(2-amino-4-thiazolyl) derivatives, the quinoline used contains a 2-carbomethoxy group as shown in 9. Conversion of the carboxylate group to the aminothiazole derivative is carried out by well known synthetic methodology and is described and exemplified in WO 00/09543 and WO 00/09598, Finally the C-terminal ester is hydrolyzed under basic aqueous conditions.
Scheme 2 Lt O L' o R z Lo N~ We Lo \ N\ Sr L N--~ S
L N ~

+
O _ O s~ Lz NHZ O
BocN BocN 8 \/-We OMe BocN
O H fl O O H O O HOMe O

RZ Rz L N L N
O R3 Lo N~ S Lo N~ S
B.XxNiOH L2 L2 s O R3 R O
X=O,+NH B,xN N ~. B. N
4 or 5 H~. N== OMe X ~
O H O O N
O H H
O
Scheme 2 describes another reaction sequence for making compounds of Formula I. In this case the quinoline moiety is introduced to the dipeptide in a similar way as described in Scheme 1. Finally, the P3 moiety is coupled under standard conditions to the dipeptide 21. Conversion of the resulting tripeptide to the final compound is carried out as described in Scheme 1.

SYNTHESIS OF P1. FRAGMENTS
P1 moieties of compounds of Formula (I) were prepared using the protocols outlined in WO 00/59929, published October 12, 2000, and WO 00/09543, published on February 24, 2000. In particular, reference is made to pages 33-35, Example 1 of W000/59929 and Pages 56-69, Example 9 - 20 of W000109543 for the preparation of 1-aminocyclopropanecarboxylic acid P1 moieties.

Compounds of formula 9 can be synthesized from commercially available materials using the techniques described in International Patent Applications WO
00/59929, WO 00/09543, WO 00/09558 and U.S. Patent 6,323,180 B1.

Examples of synthesis of different 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxyquinoline derivatives were carried out as follows:
.33-Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-quinoline derivatives was carried out from the corresponding anilines according to the procedure of : Unangst, P.C.;
Connor, D. T. J. Heterocyc. Chem. 29, 5, 1992, 1097-1100. The procedure is shown in scheme 3 below:

Scheme 3 O2Me ~ ~ \ COZMe L NH2 O / J OMe L NH

L2 \ MeO 3b heat Lz 3a 3c L N O

3d OH

Briefly, properly substituted anilines at the 2, 3 and/or 4 position are allowed to react with dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate and the resulting enamine is heated at high temperatures to effect the cyclization.

The corresponding anilines are commercially available or may require some well known chemical transformation. For example it can be that the nitro is commercially available and is then converted to the corresponding amine by using a reducing agent. Also when the carboxylic acid is commercially available, it can be transformed into the corresponding amine via a Curtius rearrangement.

Further details of the invention are illustrated in the following examples which are understood to be non-limiting with respect to the appended claims. Other specific ways of synthesis or resolution of the compounds of this invention can be found in WO 00/09543; WO 00/09558 & WO 00/59929 and in US ,767,991.

EXAMPLES
Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius. Solution percentages express a weight to volume relationship, and solution ratios express a volume to volume relationship, unless stated otherwise. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were recorded on a Bruker 400 MHz spectrometer; the chemical shifts (6) are reported in parts per million. Flash chromatography was carried out on silica gel (Si02) according to Still's flash chromatography technique (W.C. Still et al., J.
Org. Chem., (1978), 43, 2923).

Abbreviations used in the examples include:
BOC or Boc: tert-butyloxycarbonyl; DBU: 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene;
DCM:
dichloromethane; DIAD: diisopropylazodicarboxylate; DIEA:
diisopropylethylamine;
DIPEA: diisopropylethyl amine; DMF: N, N-dimethylformamide; DMAP: 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine; DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide; EtOAc: ethyl acetate; HATU:
(0-7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate]; HPLC:
high performance liquid chromatography; MS: mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF:
Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization-Time of Flight, FAB: Fast Atom Bombardment); Me: 'methyl; MeOH: methanol; Ph: phenyl; R.T.: room temperature (18 to 22 ); tert-butyl or t-butyl: 1,1-dimethylethyl; Tbg: tert-butyl glycine: tent-leucine;
TBTU:. 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyl uronium tetrafluoroborate;
TEA: triethylamine; TFA: trifluoroacetic acid; and THF: tetrahydrofuran.

Synthesis of P3 derivatives:
Synthesis of carbamate 4a JI~ + N OH Q~N OH

4a THE (350 mL) was added to a flask containing carbonic acid cyclopentyl ester 2,5-dioxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl ester (9.00 g; 39.6 mmol) and tert-butyl glycine (6.24 g; 47.5 mmol) resulting in a suspension. Distilled water (100 mL) was added with vigorous stirring. A small amount of solid remained undissolved. Triethylamine (16.6 mL;
119 mmol) was then added resulting in a homogenous solution which was stirred at R.T. After 2.5 h, the THE was evaporated and the aqueous residue diluted with water (100 mL). The reaction was rendered basic by the addition of 1 N NaOH
(25 mL - final pH >10). The solution was washed with EtOAc (2x 200 ml-) and the aqueous phase acidified with I N HCI (ca. 70 mL - final pH <2). The turbid solution was extracted with EtOAc (200 + 150 mL). The extract was dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give carbamate 4a as a white solid (8.68 g).

Preparation of Ureas 5a ,J.~
CL. H3N, OBn ~/ O N OBn ~ ` N" _N OOBn N kN OH
O H H H H H
5a 'A solution of tert-butyl glycine benzyl ester hydrochloride salt (2.55 g;
9.89 mmol) in TH-F (20 ml-) and pyridine (2.0 mL; 24.73 mmol) was cooled to O'C. Phenyl chloroformate (1.30 mL; 10.19 mmol) was added dropwise to the cooled solution.
The resulting suspension was stirred for 5 min at O'C, then at R.T. for 1.5 h.
The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 10% citric acid (2x), water (2x), saturated NaHCO3 (2x), water (2x) and brine (lx), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to obtain the crude compound as a nearly colorless oil (3.73 g;
>100%;
assume 9.89 mmol). The crude product (1.01 g; 2.97 mmol) was dissolved in DMSO
(6.5 mL) and cyclopentylamine was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at R.T. for 45 min and then diluted with EtOAc. The organic phase was washed with 10% citric acid (2x), water (2x), saturated NaHCO3 (2x), water (2x) and brine (1x), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to give the crude cyclopentyl urea -Tbg-OBn product as a nearly colorless oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography with silica using hexane:EtOAc 9:1 to remove the less polar impurities and 7:3 to elute the purified product as a thick colorless oil (936 mg;
95%). The benzyl ester product (936 mg; 2.82 mmol) was deprotected under 'a hydrogen filled balloon at R.T. in absolute ethanol. (15 mL) solution by stirring the solution with 10% Pd/C (93.6 mg) for 5.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a 0.45 micron filter and evaporated to dryness to provide urea 5a as a white solid (669 mg; 98%) 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d5): 8 12.39 (s, 1H), 6.09 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 5.93 (d, J
= 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.90 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.87-3.77 (m, 1 H), 1.84-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.42 (m, 4H), 1.30-1.19 (m, 2H), 0.89 (s, 9H).

M.S.(electrospray) : 241.0 (M-H)" 243.0 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06% TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99%.

Synthesis of Thioureas 8 Synthesis of thiourea 8a:

8a To a solution of tent butyl isothiocyanate =(5.0 mL; 39.4 mmoL) in DCM (200 ml-) was added cyclopentylamine (4.67 mL; 47.3 mmoL) followed by DIPEA and the reaction mixture was stirred at R.T. for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, and washed with a 10% aqueous solution of citric acid (2x), saturated NaHCO3 (2x), H20 (2x) and brine (1x). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous,MgSO4i filtered and evaporated to yield N-tent-butyl-N'-cyclopentylthiourea as a white solid (3.70 g;
47% yield). The N-tert-butyl-N':cyclopentylthiourea (3.70 g) was. dissolved in concentrated HCI (46 mL). The dark yellow solution was heated at a gentle reflux.
After 40 min the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to R.T. and thereafter cooled in ice and rendered basic to pH 9.5 with solid and a saturated aqueous solution of NaHCO3. The product was extracted into EtOAc (3x). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with H2O (2x) and brine (1x). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to yield a beige solid (2.46 g crude). Trituration of the crude material. in hexane/ EtOAc 95 / 5 provided, after filtration, the N-cyclopentythiourea.8a as a white solid (2.38 g; 90% yield).
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-ds): 8 7.58 (bs, 1 H), 7.19 (bs, 1 H), 6.76 (bs, 1 H), 4.34 (bs, 1 H), 1.92-1.79 (m,2H), 1.66-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.30 (m,4H). MS; es+
144.9 (M + H)+, es-: 142.8 (M - H)'.

Preparation of Thiourea 8b H
8b Thiourea (5.0 g, 66 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (50 mL) and tert-butylacetyl chloride (8.88 g, 66 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated at reflux for 14 h to give a yellow solution. The mixture was concentrated to dryness, and the residue partitioned between EtOAc and sat. NaHCO3. The yellow organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give a yellow solid. The solid was dissolved into a minimum amount of EtOAc and triturated with hexane to give 8b as a white solid (8.52 g; 75%). M.S. (electrospray): 173 (M-H)- 175 (M+H)+.
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 99 %-Preparation of Thiourea 8c H
Cl"11'1~ H2N.NH2 H2NyN

8c Using the procedure described above but using commercially available cyclopentyl acetyl chloride instead of tert-butylacetyl chloride yielded thiourea 8c.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-8-methylquinoline (A5) Step A

a,N O
+ Pd/C, 10% EtOH HEN I o~

Al A2 To a solution cf 2-methyl-3-nitro, anisole Al (5.1 g; 30.33 mmol; requires -30 min to dissolve) in absolute ethanol (85 mL) was added 10% Pd/C catalyst (500 mg) .
The solution was hydrogenated under a hydrogen filled balloon at atmospheric pressure and room temperature for 19 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a CeliteTM
pad, rinsed and evaporated to dryness to obtain 2-methyl-3-methoxyaniline A2 as a deep mauve oil (4.1 g; 29.81 mmol; 98 % yield).

MS 137 (MH)+. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity ,@ 220 rim (0.06 % TFA;
CH3CN : H20): 99%.

Step B
C02Me HZV O} O Me02C/
o McOH HN
OMe Meo heat Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (3.6 mL, 29.28 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 2-methyl-3-methoxyaniline A2 (3.95 g, 28.79 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) (reaction is exothermic). The mixture was heated at a gentle reflux for 5 hours cooled and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with hexane : EtOAc (95: 5) to provide, after evaporation of the pure fractions, the product A4 (6.5 g; 23.27 mmol; 81 %
yield).
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity @ 220 nm (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 95%.
Step C

Y,, CO2Me Me02cO
HN diphenyl ether ~1O N 240-260 C

OH
The diester A4 (6.5 g, 23.27 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (12 mL) and the reaction mixture placed into a pre-heated sand bath at a bath temperature' of 400 C. Once the reaction mixture attained an internal temperature of 240 C
(observe MeOH evolution at 230-240 C) a count of six minutes was begun before the bath (temperature end point: 262 C) was removed and the reaction allowed to cool to room temperature. A solid formed upon cooling which was diluted with ether, filtered and dried to give a tan brown solid (3.48 g crude). The crude material was chromatographed on silica gel column with hexane : EtOAc; 5: 5 to remove impurities, then 2 : 8 and then 100 % EtOAc to complete the elution of the product to provide A5, after evaporation, as a pale yellow solid (2.1 g, 37% yield).
MS (M + H)+; 246, and (M - H)-; 248.1. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity @ 220 nm (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %--39.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-8-bromo-4-hydroxy-7-methoxyquinoline (B6) NH2 Br Br HO NO2 HO / NO2 MeO / NO2 C

Br Br Br MeO NH2 Me0 H COOMe MeO j COOMe COOMe B4 0e / OMe B5 B6 OH
MeO A3 Step A
2-Amino-3-nitrophenol BI (5 g; 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in H2O (29.5 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (14.7 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and hydrobromic acid (48%;
16.7 mL; 147 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 20 min. Upon completion of the addition, the reflux was maintained an additional 15 min. The reaction was cooled to O 'C (ice bath)', and sodium nitrite (2.23 g; 32.3 mmol) in H2O (20 mL) was added over a period of 30 min. The stirring was continued for 15 min at O 'C, then the mixture was transferred to a jacketed dropping funnel (O*C) and added dropwise to a stirred mixture of Cu(I)Br (5.34 g; 37.2 mmol) in H2O (29.5 mL) and HBr (48%;
16.7 mL; 147 mmol) at CC. The reaction was stirred for 15 min at O*C, warmed to 60*C, stirred for an additional 15 min, cooled to room temperature, and left to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted with ether (3x 150 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (IX), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product (7.99 g) as a red-brown oil. The crude material was purified by flash column. chromatography (1:25 ultra pure silica gel, 230-400 mesh, 40-60 mm, 60 angstroms; CH2CI2as the solvent) to afford pure 2-bromo-3-nitrophenol B2 (45%; 3.16 g) as an orange-brown solid.
MS 217.8 (MH)'. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 97%.
Step B
The nitrophenol starting material B2 (3.1 g; 14.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF
(20 mL) and to the solution was added ground cesium carbonate (5.58 g; 17.1 mmol) followed by Mel (2.6 mL; 42.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The DMF was evaporated, the residue taken up in ether (1 x 200 mL), washed with water (1 x 200 mL), brine (4x 100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude 2-bromo-3-nitroanisole B3 (94%; 3.1 g) as an orange solid.
MS 234 (M+2H)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 98%.
Step C
2-Bromo-3-nitroanisole B3 (1.00 g; 4.31 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (11.0 mL) and ethanol (11.0 mL). To this solution was added iron powder (0.98 g;
17.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 3.5 h and worked up. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (35 mL), neutralized with solid Na2CO3 and the product extracted with CH2CI2(3X 50 mL). The extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product, 2-bromo-3 methoxyaniline B4 (91 %; 0.79 g) as a 'pale yellow oil.
MS 201.8 (MH)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 95%.
Step D
To a solution of 2-bromo-3-methoxyaniline B4 (0.79 g; 3.9 mmol) in MeOH (7.6 mL) was added dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (0.53 mL; 4.3 mmol) dropwise at O'C (caution: reaction is exothermic!). The solution was heated overnight at reflux and worked-up. The MeOH was evaporated and the crude product dried under high vacuum to afford a red gum, purified by flash column chromatography (1:30 ultra pure silica gel, 230-400 mesh, 40-60 mm, 60 angstroms; 4:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford adduct B5 (86 %; 1.16 g) as a pale yellow solid.
MS 344.0 (MH)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 72%.
Step E .
To a pre-heated sand bath at about 440 C(external temperature) was placed the diester adduct B5 (1.1 g; 3.16 mmol) in diphenyl ether (3.6 mL). The reaction was stirred between 230C - 245'C (internal temperature; MeOH started evaporating off at about 215'C) for 7 min and subsequently cooled to room temperature. As the solution cooled the product crystallized from the reaction mixture. The resulting brown solid was filtered, washed with ether and dried under high vacuum to afford -41.

the crude bromoquinoline B6 product (74%; 0.74 g) as a brown solid. NMR
revealed this product to be a mixture of about 1:1 tautomers.
NMR (DMSO; 400 MHz) ok(1:1 mixture of tautomers); MS 311.9 (MH)+;
Homogeneity by.HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 96%.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-8-chloro-4-hydroxy-7-methoxyquinoline (C6) NHZ cl CI
HO NOZ HO NO2 MeO NO2 A B1 C2 C3 CI CI CI
MeO NHz MeO N COOMe Me0 j COOMe \ o COOMe C4 oMe C5 C6 OH
Mao A3 Step A
10' 2-Amino-3-nitrophenol B1 (5 g; 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated HCI (75 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (14.7 mL). The mixture was heated to 70'C until most of the solids were in solution. The reaction mixture was cooled to O 'C (ice bath), and sodium nitrite (2.23 g; 32.3 mmol) in H2O (5.4 mL) was added over a period of hours to the brown solution. The temperature was maintained below 10'C during the addition and the stirring was continued for an additional 15 min at O*C. This diazonium intermediate was poured into a solution of Cu(I)CI (3.8 g; 38.9 mmol) in H2O (18.5 mL) and conc. HCI (18.5 mL) at O'C. The reaction was stirred for 15 min at O*C, warmed- to 60`C, and stirred for an additional 15 min The reaction mixture was then brought to room temperature, and left to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted with ether (3X

mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (IX), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product (5.83 g) as a red-brown oil.
The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography (1:25 ultra pure' silica gel, 230-400 mesh, 40-60 mm, 60 angstroms; 3:1 hexane/EtOAc as the solvent) to afford pure 2-chloro-3-nitrophenol C2 (48%; 2.7 g) as an orange solid.
MS "171.8 (MH)' : Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 96%.

Relevant literature for the Sandmeyer Reaction: J. Med. Chem, 1982, 25(4), 446-451.

Step B
The nitrophenol starting material C2 (1.3 g; 7.49 mmol) was dissolved in DMF
(10 mL) and to this solution was added ground cesium carbonate (2.92 g; 8.96 mmol), followed by Mel (1.4 mL; 22.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The DMF was evaporated in vacua and the residue taken up in ether (150 mL), washed with water (150 mL), brine (4x 100 mL), and then dried over (MgSO4).. The organic phase was filtered and evaporated to afford the crude 2-chloro-3-nitroanisole C3 (98%; 1.38 g) as an orange solid.
Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 93%.
Step C
2-Chloro-3-nitroanisole C3 (1.38 g; 7.36 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of glacial acetic acid (19 mL)/ethanol (19 mL). To this solution was added iron powder (1.64 g;
29.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 3.5 hr and worked up. The reaction mixture was 'diluted with water (70 mL), neutralized with solid Na2CO3 and the product extracted with CH2CI2(3X 150 mL). The extracts were combined and washed with saturated. brine and then dried over (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacua to, afford the crude product, 2-chloro-3-methoxyaniline (100%; 1.2 g) as a yellow oil. This material was used as such in the following steps.
MS 157.9 (MH)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 86%.

Step D
To a solution of 2-chloro-3-methoxyaniline C4 (1.2 g; 7.61 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) was added dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (1.0 mL; 8.4 mmol) dropwise at O'C
(caution: reaction is exothermic!). The solution was heated overnight at reflux and worked-up. The MeOH was evaporated and the crude product dried under high vacuum to afford a red gum which was purified by flash column chromatography (1:30 ultra pure silica gel, 230-400 mesh, 40-60 mm, 60 angstroms; 4:1 hexane/EtOAc) to afford adduct C5 (74 %; 1.68 g) as a yellow solid.
MS 300 (MH)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @-220 nm: 90%.

Step To a pre-heated sand bath at about 440*C (external temperature) was placed the diester adduct C5 (1.68 g; 5.6 mmol) in diphenyl ether (6.3 mL). The reaction was stirred between 230*C - 245'C (internal temperature; MeOH started evaporating off.
at about 215*C) for 7 min and subsequently cooled to room temperature. As the solution cooled the product crystallized from the reaction mixture. The resulting brownish solid was filtered, washed with ether and dried under high vacuum to afford the quinoline C6 (83%; 1.25 g) as a beige solid. NMR revealed this product to be a mixture of about 1:1 tautomers (keto/phenol forms).
MS 267.9 (MH)}; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 92%.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-8-fluoro-4-hydroxy-7-methoxyquinoline (D5) F O F
O & OH A O FH O B O NH2 Commercial from combiblocks MOO) p O
0 OMe I F H O F O
c 0 I \ N D. U N\ 0 C

Step A
A solution of 2-fluoro-3-methoxy benzoic acid D1 (1.68 g, 9.87 mmol) and DIPEA
(2.07 mL, 11.85 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) in a mixture of toluene (8 mL) and t-BuOH (8 mL) were stirred over activated 4A molecular sieves for I h followed by addition of diphenyl phosphoryl azide (DPPA, 2.55 mL, 11.85 mmol) and this mixture was refluxed overnight. Reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was taken in EtOAc (50 mL), washed with H20 (2x 30 mL) and brine(1x 30 mL). The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product D2 (2.38 g, 96%) was used as is in the following step. MS analysis shows the loss of Boc group: 141.9 ((M+H)-Boc)+, 139.9 ((M-H)-Boc) Step B
.44.

Compound D2 (2.28 g, 9.45 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl/dioxane solution (from Aldrich) (10 mL, 40 mmol) for 60 min and HPLC analysis showed that the starting material was fully consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, re-dissolved in EtOAc and washed with water, saturated NaHCO3 (aq), and saturated brine. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated to give-1.18 g (88%) of D3 as a brown oil, which was used as is in the following step.
MS:
1,41.9 (M + H)+, 139.9 (M - H)'.

Step C
Aniline D3 (1.18 g, 8.36 mmol) was combined with dimethylacetylene dicarboxylate A3 (1.45 mL, 10.0 mmol) in methanol (25 mL). The reaction was refluxed for 2 hours before being concentrated to dryness. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 9/1 (hexane/EtOAc) to give the Michael adduct D4 as a yellow oil, (1.27 g, 54%).
Step D
The Michael adduct D4 was dissolved in warm diphenyl ether (6 mL) and placed in a sand bath previously heated to -350 C. The internal temperature of the reaction was monitored and maintained at -245 C for about 5 minutes (solution turns brown). After cooling to R.T., the desired 4-hydroxyquinoline crashed out of solution.
The brown solid was filtered and washed several times with diethyl ether to give, after drying, quinoline D5 as a brown solid (0.51 g, 45%). MS: 252 (M + H)+, 249.9 (M - H)-. Mixture of 1:1 tautomers, 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6, 400 MHz) 12.04 (s, 1H), 11.02 (s. 1 H), 8.0 (d, I H), 7.88 (d, 1 H), 7.65 (m, 1 H), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 7.32 (m, I H), 6.5 (s, 1 H), 4.0 (s, 3H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H).
-45.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-6,8-dimethyl-4-hydroxy-7-methoxyquinoline (E8) HN I \ _ A HN . I N.p- B HzN I NE

Commercial from Aldrich C

O *
O NI-12 E p \ N, - 0 HO :&o N.

MeO p F
0 OMe O O O
O N G O N O

OH

Step A
The amide El (5.0 g, 30.63 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of acetic acid (5 mL) and sulfuric acid (10 mL) and cooled to 0 C. A mixture of nitric acid (70%, 3 mL) and sulfuric acid (2 mL) was added dropwise after which the solution was warmed to R.T. and stirred for I h. The reaction mixture was then poured onto crushed ice and filtered (after the ice had melted but the solution was still cold) to yield the desired compound E2 (5.8 g, 91%) which was carried forward to the next reaction without further purification. MS ESQ = 209.0, ES" = 206.9. (Ref: Giumanini, A.G.;
Verardo, G.; Polana, M. J. Prak. Chem. 1988, 181).

Step B
Compound E2 (5.8 g, 27.86 mmol) was treated with 6M HCI solution (5 mL) in MeOH (10 mL) and heated at ref lux for 48 h to yield the desired product E3 (4.6 g, 99 %). RP-HPLC indicates full consumption of starting material (Rt (E2) = 2.6 min.;
Rt (E3)= 3.9 min.). The mixture was concentrated and employed in subsequent reaction without further purification.
Step C

Sulfuric acid (18 mL) was added to the solution of aniline E3 (4.20 g, 25.27 mmol) in water (36 mL) at 0 C followed by the addition of sodium nitrite (2.3 g, 33.33 mmol in water (6 mL). In a separate flask was placed a mixture of water (14 mL) and sulfuric acid (1.5 mL). This solution was brought to reflux and then the initial solution was added dropwise while maintaining a boil. After the addition was complete, boiling was continued for 5-min and the mixture then poured onto ice/sodium carbonate mixture while cooling in an ice bath. The product was extracted with aq. EtOAc and concentrated to yield a dark brown viscous liquid E4 (2.00 g, 47 %) which was employed in subsequent reaction without further purification. MS ES" = 210.9.
Step D
Mel (1.42 mL, 22.74 mmol) was added to a solution of the starting phenol E4 (1.9 g, 11.37 mmol) and potassium carbonate (2 g) in DMF (25 mL) at R.T. The mixture was heated at 50 C for 2 h and then cooled to R.T. EtOAc was added and the solution was washed with water (3x) and the aq. layer was then extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried, filtered and concentrated to yield the desired methyl ether E5 (2.0 g, 97%). ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 7.62 (d, J
=
8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.13 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 3.74 (s. 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H).

Step E
Ten percent (10%) Pd/C (200 mg) was added to a solution of nitro starting material E5 (2.0 g, 11.04 mmol) in EtOH and placed on a Parr shaker under 40 psi H2 atmosphere for 2 h. The solution was filtered through a pad of silica/Celite, rinsed with MeOH and concentrated to yield the desired aniline E6 (1.5 g, 90 %) which was employed without further purification.

Step- F
Aniline E6 (1.9 g, 12.65 mmol) was combined with dimethylacetylene dicarboxylate A3 (2.32 mL, 18.85 mmol) in methanol (3 mL). The reaction was heated at reflux for 2 h before being concentrated to dryness. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (9:1 hexane/EtOAc) to give the Michael adduct E7 as a yellow oil (2.8 g, 76 %). ' H-NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) 9.48, (s, br, 1 H), 6.89 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.47 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 5.35 (s, 1 H), 3.74 (s. 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.65 (s, 3H) 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H).

Step G
The Michael adduct E7 was dissolved in warm diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a sand bath previously heated to -350 C.. The, internal temperature of the reaction was monitored, maintained at -245 C for about 5 minutes (solution turns brown) and cooled to R.T. at which. time the desired 4-hydroxyquinoline precipitated out of solution. The brown solid was filtered and washed several times with diethyl ether to give quinoline E8 as a yellow-brown solid after drying (1.10 g, 88 %). 1H-NMR
(CHCI3i 400 MHz) 8:80, (s, br, 1 H), 8.06 (s, 1 H), 7.26 (s, 1 H), 6.93 (s, 1 H), 4.04 (s.
3H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H) 2.39 (s, 3H).

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-7-methoxy-6-methyl quinoline (F4):
Step A

I+
O' N 0 EtOH HZN 011-1 , + Pd/C, 10% --------------- Xw ):X

To a suspension of 2-methyl-5-nitroanisole F1 (1.54 g; 9.21 mmol) in absolute ethanol (15 ml-) was added 10% Pd/C catalyst (249 mg). The suspension was hydrogenated under a hydrogen filled balloon at atmospheric pressure and room temperature for 6.5 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a Millex 0.45 micron filter and evaporated to dryness to provide 4-methyl-m-anisidine F2 (1.22 g;
8.89 mmol; 97 % yield) Step 0 CO2Me McO2C` /J
HZN o 0 McOH HNN
+ I
~o heat IX

Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (1.1 mL, 8.95 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 4-methyl-m-anisidine F2 (1.22 g, 8.89 mmol) in McOR (20 mL).
Caution the reaction is exothermic. The mixture was heated at a gentle reflux for 4 hours, -48.

cooled and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with hexane : EtOAc (92.5: 7.5) to provide, after evaporation.of the pure fractions, the diester adduct F3 (1.8 g; 6.44 mmol; 73 % yield).
Step C
CO2Me = McO2C~ /J O
HN 0.,, diphenyl ether O N` 1011%

OH

The diester F3 (1.8 g, 6.44 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (5 mL) and the reaction mixture placed into a pre-heated sand bath at a bath temperature of 400'C. Once the reaction mixture attained an internal temperature of 240'C, a count of five minutes was begun before the bath was removed and the reaction allowed to cool to room temperature overnight. A solid formed upon cooling which was diluted with ether, filtered and dried to give a brown solid (0.97 g crude) containing both regioisomers in almost equal proportions. The crude material was triturated with MeOH and EtOAc, filtered and dried to provide the correct regioisomer of the methylquinoline product F4 as a yellow solid (245 mg, 15% yield).
Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) a 220 nm: 90%.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-h]quinoline (G5):
Step A
0 o r-o COON `~ O I H

To a refluxing solution of commercially available 2,3-methylenedioxybenzoic acid G1 (485 mg; 2.92 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8.0 mL) and t-butanol (2.5 mL) was added TEA
(430 ltL; 3.08 mmol) and diphenyiphosphoryl azide (DPPA,'630 L; 2.92 mmol) and refluxed for 10 h. The mixture was evaporated, diluted with chloroform, washed with 5 % citric acid (3x), water, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide the crude product. Flash column purification on silica gel with hexane : EtOAc (75 : 25) provided the pure Boc-amino compound (257 mg; 37%).

Step B
~-O H /-O
O I N O` O I NH2 The Boc starting material G2 (257 mg; 1.08 mmol) was dissolved in 4M HCI/dioxane (5.0 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The solvent was evaporated and the residue diluted with saturated sodium bicarbonate (few mL) and I M NaOH (1 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2x), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness to provide the crude 2,3-methylene dioxyaniline G3 (158 mg;
106%).

Step C
ICO2Me O O O Me02C~ O
NI-12+ o McOH HN
---------------1-10 heat Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (130 L, 1.06 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of crude 2,3-methylene dioxyaniline G3 (148 mg, 1.08 mmol) in MeOH
(2.5 mL). Caution the reaction is exothermic. The mixture was heated at a gentle reflux for 3 hours, cooled and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel with hexane : EtOAc (9 :
1) to provide, after evaporation of the pure fractions, the diester adduct G4 (185 mg;
0.662 mmol; 61% yield). .

Step D .
C02Me Me02C` J O O 0--\
HN O diphenyl ether O N O

The diester G4 (180 mg, 0.645 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (2.5 mL) and the reaction mixture placed into a pre-heated sand bath at a bath temperature of 350-400'C. Once the reaction mixture attained an internal temperature of 250*C
(observe MeOH evolution at 220-230 C) a count of six minutes was begun before the bath (temperature end point :262 C) was removed and the reaction allowed to cool to room temperature. A solid formed upon cooling which was diluted with ether, filtered and dried to give the crude dioxyquinoline G5 (125 mg; 78 %).
Purification was not required and the material was used as such in the following reactions.
MS (M + H)+; 246, and (M - H) 248.1.
Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm :88%.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-8,9-dihydro-furo[2,3-h]quinoline (H7):
Step A

HZN I O1-1 N \ O\
O

Triethylamine (5.0 mL, 35.6 mmol) was added to a flask containing the amine HI
(2.0 mL, 17.8 mmol) and dichloromethane (100 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The contents were cooled in an ice bath and trimethylacetylchloride (3.3 mL, 26.7 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was allowed to warm slowly to R.T. and stirred for 14 h. at this temperature. The reaction was quenched with NaHCO3 saturated solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried, filtered and concentrated followed by flash column chromatography (4:1 to 1:1 hexane:EtOAc) to yield the desired product H2 as an off-white solid (3.7 g, 97 % yield).

Step B
OH
H 1. n-BuLi, THE H

O I~

n-BuLi (15.9 mL, 1.6M, 25.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a flame dried flask containing a solution of the starting amide H2 (1.6 g, 7.72 mmol) in THE at O*C

under argon. Solution turned slight yellow/orange color when n-BuLi was added.
The solution was allowed to warm slowly to R.T. and stirred for 24 h. The solution was again cooled to 0 C and ethylene oxide (0.46 mL, 9.26 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was allowed to slowly warm to 23'C, quenched with Na'HCO3 saturated solution, extracted with EtOAc, dried, filtered and concentrated followed by flash column chromatography (4:1 to 1:1 hexane:ethyl acetate) to obtain the desired product H3 (1.94 g, 5.01 mmol, 65 % yield) Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @
220 nm : 99%.

Step C
OH
N BBr3, CH2CI2 N I\ O
O O

A BBr3 solution (26 mL, 1.0 M, 26.0 mmol) was added dropwise to methyl-ether.

in CH2CI2 at 0`C. The solution was slowly warmed to 23*C and stirred for 14 h at R.T.. The reaction was quenched with I M NaOH solution and extracted with EtOAc and CH2CI2 to obtain a mixture of desired product H4 and some uncyclized diol.
Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm : 99%.

Step D

HCI (6M) N
N H N
0 MeOH

HCI (4.0 mL, 6.OM) was added to a solution of amide H4 (0.27 g, 1.22 mmol) in MeOH (4.0 mL) at 23*C. The reaction was then heated to reflux for 48 h, NaHCO3 (saturated, aq) was added and was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried, filtered and concentrated to obtain the desired aniline H5 which was of sufficient purity to employ in further transformations.
Step E

-52.

CO2Me + H2N O MeOH McO2C N O
CO2Me H5 COZMe H6 Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (0.16 mL, 1.33 mmol) was added to solution of aniline H5 (0.18 g, 1.33 mmol) in MeOH (3.0 mL) at R.T. The solution was heated at reflux for 3 h., cooled to R.T. and a saturated NaCl solution was added.
The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x) and the combined organic layers were then dried, filtered and concentrated followed by purification by flash column chromatography (9:1 to 1:1 hex:EtOAc) to afford the desired olefin H6 (0.29 g, 78%).
Step F

Me02C N O Ph20 McO2C N O
C02Me OH

A flask containing starting olefin H6 (0.29 g, 1.04 mmol) in diphenyl ether (2.0 mL) was lowered into a pre-heated sand bath (350*C). When the internal temperature of the reaction reached 225 C, the flask was heated for 6-7 minutes during which time the internal temperature rose to 240 C. The reaction mixture was then removed from the sand bath and allowed to slowly cool to R.T. A precipitate formed upon standing.
Diethyl ether was added and the solution was filtered, and rinsed with additional diethyl ether to yield a light-brown solid H7 (0.20 g, 77%). MS 246.0 (MH)+.

Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-8-methylthioquinoline'(J3):
Step A
CO2Me S 0 Me02C`/J Sr HZN I + p % 0 McOH HN 5 A
"/ A3 heat / .

Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (5.21 mL, 35.91 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 2-methylmercaptoaniline J1 (5.0 g, 35.91 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL).

Caution the reaction is exothermic. The mixture was heated at a gentle reflux for 2 hours, cooled and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography with hexane : EtOAc (90 :10) to provide, after evaporation of the, pure fractions, the diester adduct J2 (10.53 g; 37.43 mmol; 99%
yield).
Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm : 85%.
IC02Me Me02c S,~ O S
HN diphenyl ether N

Step B J2 OH J3 The diester J2 (10.53 g, 37.43 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (35 mL) and the reaction mixture placed into a pre-heated sand bath at a bath temperature of 350-400*C. Once the reaction mixture attained an internal temperature of 245*C, a count of six minutes was begun before the bath was removed and the reaction allowed to cool to room temperature. A precipitate formed. which was suspended in ether, filtered and washed again with ether to provide the C8-SMe quinoline product J3 (6.15 g; 66%). MS (M + H)+; 250 Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 99%.

Synthesis of 7-tert-butyloxy-2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-8-methylquinoline (K6) Step 1:

O+ NH. +
0", off CI BF3 . Et20 N o + CI 0 Cyclohexane Cl THE
K1 K2 (2 : 1) K3 To a solution of 2-methyl-3-nitrophenol KI (1.1 g ; 7.18 mmol) in THE (13 mL) was added cyclohexane (27 mL; a solution was maintained). tert-Butyl .54.

trichloroacetimidate K2 (5.36 mL ; 28.73 mmol) was added followed by a catalytic amount of boron trifluoride etherate (143.8 L; 1.14 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The reaction was incomplete (by analytical HPLC) and an additional amount of tent-butyl trichloroacetimidate (1.4 mL ;
7.51 mmol) was added (reaction remains in solution). The reaction was complete after stirring at room temperature for 5 h. Solid sodium bicarbonate was added, and the mixture was filtered, rinsed with dichlormethane and evaporated to dryness to provide a white solid. The solid was triturated with dichioromethane, the white solid filtered and discarded (= trichloroacetimide). The filtrate was concentrated and loaded onto a flash column for purification (hexane : EtOAc 9 : 1) to provide the pure 2-methyl-3-tert-butoxynitrobenzene K3 (1.17 g ; 78%). Homogeneity by HPLC
(TFA) @ 220nm : 96%

Step 2:

O
p=N ' ~ + Pd/C, 10% EtOH H2N I o~

To a solution of 2-methyl-3-tert-butoxynitrobenzene K3 (1.31 g; 6.26 mmol) in absolute ethanol (30 mL) was added 10% Pd/C catalyst (130 mg) . The solution was hydrogenated under a hydrogen filled balloon at atmospheric pressure and room temperature for 63 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a. Celite pad, rinsed with absolute EtOH and evaporated to dryness to provide 2-methyl-3-tert-butoxyaniline K4 (1.1 g ; 6.14 mmol ; 98% yield). M.S. 180 (M+H)+. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @220nm : 96%

Step 3:

COMe O Me02C~
HZN I . O~ + o o McOH HN O
i heat Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (749 L, 5.97 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of 2-methyl-3-tert-butoxyaniline K4 (1.07, 5.97 mmol) in MeOH (14 mL).
The mixture was heated at a gentle reflex for 2 hours, cooled and concentrated -under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography with hexane : EtOAc (95 : 5 ) to provide, after evaporation of the pure fractions, the diester adduct (1.13 g ; 3.52 mmol ; 59% yield). M.S. 320.0 (M-H)-.322.1 (M+H)+.
Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm : 92%.

Step 4:
COZMe McO2CY___ O
HN diphenyl ether 1~1O 01'r The diester K5 (1.13 g, 3.52 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (3.0 mL) and the reaction mixture placed into a pre-heated sand bath at a bath temperature of 440 C. Once the reaction mixture attained an internal temperature of 230 C
(observe MeOH evolution at 220 C) a count of six minutes was begun before the bath (temperature end point : 242 C) was removed and the reaction allowed to cool to room temperature. No solid formed upon cooling, therefore the crude mixture was flash purified with hexane : EtOAc (8: 2 to remove the diphenyl ether, then, 4: 6 to complete elution of the product) to provide the C7-O-tent Bu,C8-Me quinoline K6 as a beige solid (838 mg ; 82%). MS 288.0 (M-H)- 290.0 (M+H)+ Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 99%.

This quinoline moiety was used for the synthesis of compounds 1032 and 1033 of table 1. For the synthesis of compounds 1034, 1035, 1057 and 1058, also of table 1, quinoline K6 was used. Conversion of the C7-tert-butyl-ether group to an hydroxyl group was done by treatment of the final compound with 50% TFA in dichloromethane for 30 min. at 0 C then for 30 min. at R.T. , evaporated to dryness, diluted with water and lyophilized.

30. Synthesis of 2-carbomethoxy-4-hydroxy-8-methoxyquinoline (L3):
Step A

O COzMe 0 Me02C~/~ i H2N O McOH HN
1-10' A3 heat Dimethyl acetylene dicarboxylate A3 (5.5 mL, 44.74 mrnol) was added dropwise to a solution of o-anisidine LI (5.0 mL, 44.33 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL). Caution the reaction is exothermic. The mixture was heated at a gentle reflux for 5 hours, cooled and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography with hexane : EtOAc-(95 : 5 to 90 :10) to provide, after evaporation of the pure fractions, the diester adduct L2 (10 g; 37.70 mmol; 85% yield).
Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm : 82%.

CO2Me McOZC.. /J O - O O~
diphenyl ether O N
HN I \

Step B L2 OH L3 The diester L2 (10 g, 37.70 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (15 mL) and the reaction mixture placed into a pre-heated sand bath at a bath temperature of 400C. Once the reaction mixture attained an internal'temperature of 240'C, a count of six minutes was begun before the bath was removed and the reaction allowed to cool to room temperature. No solid formed upon cooling, therefore, the crude mixture was flash column purified with hexane : EtOAc (6 : 4 to'S : 5 to remove impurities, then, 2 : 8 to complete elution) to provide the C8-OMe quinoline product L3 (4.56 g; 52 %). MS (M - H)-; 231.9 Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm:
99%.

Preparation of Dipeptides Synthesis of dipeptide I

OH OH
OMe O
OyN OH + H2N I e 0 >r N O O O O H O

A mixture of Boc-hydroxyproline P2 (50.0 g, 216 mmol), vinyl-ACCA methyl ester (42.25 g, 238 mmol, 1.1 equiv.), TBTU (76.36 g, 238 mmol, 1.1 equiv.) and DIPEA
(113 mL, 649 mmol, 3 equiv.) in DMF (800 mL) was stirred at R.T. under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 3.5 h, the solvent was evaporated and the residue extracted with EtOAc. The extract was washed with hydrochloric acid (10%), saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine. The organic phase was then dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to afford an oil. After drying overnight under high vacuum, dipeptide I was obtained as a yellow foam (72.0 g, 94%, purity >95% by HPLC).
Preparation of dipeptide 3 OH

OMe >rOYN HCI.H \
0 e OMe O H Om e O O H O H

Dipeptide 1 (72.0 g, 203 mmol), triphenylphosphine (63.94 g, 243.8 mmol, 1.2 equiv..) and 4-nitrobenzoic acid (41.08 g, 245.8 mmol, 1.2 equiv) were dissolved in dry THE (1.4 L) The stirred solution was cooled to 0 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Diethyl azodicarboxylate (38.4 mL, 244 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) was then added dropwise over 45 min and the reaction allowed to warm to R.T. After 4 h, the solvent was evaporated. The residue was divided into four portions. Each of these was purified by chromatography over fine silica gel (10-40 p.m mesh, column diameter 12 cm, column length 16 cm) using a gradient of 2 :1 hexane/EtOAc to 1:1 hexane/EtOAc to pure EtOAc. In this manner, the Boc-dipeptide ester 2 was obtained as an amorphous white solid after evaporation of the solvents and drying of the residues under high vacuum at 70 C for 1 h (108.1 g, quantitative). A
solution of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane was added to the Boc-dipeptide ester 2 (108 g, 243 mmol) resulting in a colorless solution. The solution was stirred at R.T.
for I h.
The solvent was evaporated and the residue placed under high vacuum for 3 h affording the hydrochloride salt of compound 3 as an amorphous solid. The solid was used as such.

Preparation of Tripeptides Synthesis of tripeptide 6a O O

OzN O 0 O
O.ILN OH N \ --~r- AN \
H O + HCI HMe O N OMe .

4b 3 6a Carbamate 4b (6.15 g, 22.5 mmol) and TBTU (7.72 g, 24.7 mmol) were suspended in DCM and the suspension was stirred rapidly. DIPEA (3.92 mL, 22.5 mmol) was added at R.T. and after 10 min, the reaction was nearly homogeneous. A
solution of dipeptide 3 (10.39 g, 23.6 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (100 mL) containing D,IPEA
(4.11 mL, 23.62 mmol) was then poured into the reaction. The resulting yellow solution was allowed to stir for 14 h. The solvent was then evaporated yielding a yellow syrup which was extracted with EtOAc (300 + 150 mL) and washed with 0.05N HCI (2x 200 mL), saturated Na2CO3 (300 mL) and brine (150 mL). The combined extracts were dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield the tripeptide 6a as a pale yellow foam (15.68 g, quantitative).

Synthesis of tripeptide 7a:
o2N / \ O
O OH
0 N N,,, _OMe 0 N NOMe O
6a 7a The tripeptide 6a (15.68 g) was dissolved in THE (200 mL) and water (30 mL) was added. The resulting solution was cooled to O'C and a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.18 g, 28.12 mmol) was added over 3 min with vigorous stirring.
After 3 h at O*C, the excess base was neutralized with 1 N HCI (final pH ca.
6) and the THE evaporated, resulting in an aqueous suspension (yellow gum). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (2x 200 mL) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (2x 300 mL). The combined extracts were dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield a pale yellow foam. Flash chromatography of the foam over silica gel using EtOAc as eluent afforded 7a as a white amorphous solid (9.77 g, 91 %).
Synthesis of tripeptide 6b 0 o \ O2N

N'ZN OH 0 H H O + HCI H OMe " N~N AN Nc H OMe 3 6b The cyclopentylurea-Tbg 5 (2.21 g, 9.10 mmol) and TBTU (3.12 g, 10.0 mmol) were dissolved/suspended in anhydrous dichloromethane (40 mL) and DIPEA (1 equiv.) was added. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere until the solution became nearly homogeneous (ca. 10 min). A
solution of P1-P2.dipeptide (4.20 g, 9.56 mmol) in anhydrous dichloromethane (35 mL
containing I equiv. DIPEA) was then added to the reaction and the resulting yellow solution allowed to stir for 14 h after the reaction was rendered basic by the addition of DIPEA (ca. 1.5 mL). The solvent was evaporated yielding a yellow syrup which was extracted with ethyl acetate (150 + 50 mL) and washed with 0.1 N HCI (150 mL), water (100 mL, emulsion broken with brine), saturated Na2CO3 (150 mL) and brine (100 mL). The combined extracts were then dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to a pale yellow solid 6b (6.21 g, HPLC purity 95%).
Synthesis of tripeptide 7b 0 off N
O N,,OMe ~ HN N OMe H H NT
O H 0 O O H..

6b 7b The crude pNBz ester 6b prepared above was dissolved in THE (90 mL) and methanol (40 mL) added. 1.ON sodium hydroxide solution (12.0 mL; 12.0 mmol) was then added with vigorous stirring over 10 min (dropping funnel) and the '-60-hydrolysis allowed to proceed at ambient temperature. After 2 h, the excess base was neutralized by the careful addition of 1 N HCl (ca. 1.5 mL, added dropwise until the yellow color faded; final pH ca. 6). The organic solvents were evaporated and the aqueous residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (150 + 50 ml-) and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (3x 150 mL) and brine (100 mL). The combined.
extracts were dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to a pale yellow, amorphous solid which was dried under high vacuum 7b (4.11 g, 87% from the P3-urea, HPLC
purity 93%).

Synthesis of Brosylate derivative 7aBrs off Br Br H N? + -T-O DMAP p N \
7a H C1 CHZCIZ H o 0 7a Brs To a cooled solution (O'C) of the tripeptide (10 g; 20.85 mmol), brosyl chloride (11.19 g; 43.79 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (254 mg; 2.09 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (75 mL), triethylamine (10.2' mL; 72.98 mmol) was added dropwise.
The yellow solution was stirred 1 hour at O'C, then was slowly allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred 60 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, water and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness to obtain the crude product The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography with hexane : EtOAc; 60 : 40 to 50 : 50 to provide the pure product 7aBrs as'a white foam (11.66 g; 80%).
M.S. 698 (M+H)+; 700.2 (MH+2)+. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 rim: 99%.

Introduction of quinoline moieties into the tripeptides:
Synthesis of Intermediate 10a via brosylate displacement:

Br 0 o I 1Br /O N\ /
s Br o ~ " CsCO
pp O +O I N, O/ g H O .
N, 0111 OH 0J~NN
O H H
~
O
B6 O O H.,~
O
7a Brs 10a The brosylate 7aBrs (0.5 g; 0.71 mmol), bromoquinoline B6 (234 mg; 0.75 mmol) and ground cesium carbonate (56 mg; 0.78 mmol) were all dissolved in 1-methyl-pyrrolidinone (7.6 mL), and the solution was heated to 70*C and stirred for 7 h. The solution was subsequently cooled to room temperature and worked-up. The reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc, washed with H2O (1X), NaHCO3 (saturated; 2X), brine (5X), dried, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product (0.565 g) as an off white solid. Purification by flash column chromatography (1:30 silica gel; 7:3 EtOAc/hexane) afforded . pure product 10a (77%; 0.429 g) as a white solid.
MS 775.2 (M+2H)+ . Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm : 96%.
Synthesis of Intermediate 10b via Mitsunobu reaction:

OH / i / O
k N ~ .a ~ N. o o~ QP DIAD
O N + + -~- O
H O- O
O H, O OH Si THE QoJLNXN
7a O O H O O, 10b To the tripeptide 7a (1.55 g; 3.23 mmol) dissolved in THE (30 mL), the hydroxyquinoline A5 (1.08 g; 4.37 mmol) was added followed by 0.5 m triphenylphosphine silyl ester in THE (13 mL; 6.46 mmol). To the yellow suspension, was added dropwise the DIAD reagent (1.27 mL; 6.46 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, worked-up by dropwise addition of I M TBAF/THF
solution (11.3 mL; 11.31 mmol) and stirred at room temperature overnight. By analytical HPLC, it is evident that the cleavage of the formed phosphine oxide by-product (to a water soluble moiety) is complete. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (2x), water (2x), cold I N NaOH
(2x;
25. removes excess quinoline), water (2x) and brine (1x), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to obtain a beige solid . The crude material was flash column purified with hexane : EtOAc (8: 2) to obtain the product 10b as an ivory solid (1.92'g; 84%).
M.S. 707.4 (M-H)- 709.4 (M+H)+. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm : 94%.

Synthesis of Compound 1007:
s Meo N~ 1 N -N
/ /
O
O
IOI
O~N
H OH
O
O H
O
Compound 1007 Step 1 : Selective monohydrolysis of ester 16b:

MeO I N~ We Meo I N~ 0 Na O
O
O.ffff'N N aO~N
Y
H 0 OMe H OMe O W. NV
H
O? ' H o 10b H0 11b Tripeptide 1 Ob (149 mg, 0.210 mmol), in 5 mL of a 1:1 mixture of THF-MeOH, was cooled to O'C for the addition of a 1 N NaOH aqueous solution (0.24 mL, 0.240 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred. 15 min at O*C, 1.5 h at R.T. and found to be.incomplete by analytical HPLC. Additional I N NaOH (0.05 mL, 0.05 mmol) was added and the ,reaction stirred for an additional hour. The mixture was quenched with I M HCl, evaporated to near dryness, diluted with water, frozen and lyophilized to provide the acid 11 b (crude material used for next step;
assume 0.210 mmol).
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06% TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 89%.

Step 2 : Synthesis of diazoketone 12b:

MeO I N\ 0 Na Me0 N2 o IkN
H e ON OM
N
O H OMe 11b 12b Sodium salt 11b (assume 0.210 mmol) was dissolved in THE (5 mL), triethylamine (75 L; 0.538 mmol) was added and the solution cooled to 0C.
Isobutylchloroformate (45 L; 0.346 mmol) was added dropwise and the white suspension was stirred at O 'C for 1 hour, followed by the addition of a'solution of diazomethane (1 M in diethyl ether; I mL; 0.999 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred 15 min at O 'C, 1 hour at R.T. and evaporated to provide a thick suspension.
This suspension was dissolved in EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3 (2x), brine (1x), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated.to give the crude diazoketone product 12b (145 mg, 95%).
M.S.(electrospray) : 717.4 (M-H) 719.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06% TFA; CH3CN : H20): 85%.

Step 3: Synthesis of. bromoketone 13b:

Meo - NZ MeO - Br.

ON N ON N \\
OMe H NYOMe 12b H 13b At O*C, to a solution of diazoketone 12b (145 mg, 0.201 mmol) in THE (4 ml-) was added dropwise an HBr solution (48% aq., 0.1 ml-) and the mixture was stirred for 1.25 h. The mixture was quenched with a saturated NaHCO3 solution, then the THE
was evaporated. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with a saturated NaHCO3 solution(2x), brine (lx), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide the crude bromoketone 13b (139 mg, 89%).
M.S.(electrospray) : 773.3 (MH+2)+ 771.3 (M+H)+ 769 (M-H) Step 4: Synthesis of thiazolyl tripeptide 14b:

Me0 N\ Br MeO N i N/ N
I ~s " I r o HZN H
8a o O N

0,0 ILI N N 0, OMe O H
O H. O Nõ=
Y ;;~ O OH OMe 13b 0 14b H .0 a-Bromoketone 13b (49 mg, 0.0635 mmol) and N-neopentylthiourea 8a (12 mg;
0.0688 mmol) were dissolved in isopropanol (3 mL) and the yellow solution was heated at 75'C for 1 hour. The solution was allowed to cool to R.T. and evaporated to dryness. This crude material 14b was used for next step (assume 0.0635 mmol).
M.S.(electrospray) : 845.5 (M-H)" 847.5 (M+H)+.
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06% TFA; CH3CN : H20) : 69% (contain 16%
of starting thiourea).

Step 5: Hydrolysis of ester 14b:

'H S H
Me0 \ N\ I N N MeO \ N` X NN
O O
O p O'111H N aO'kN N
OMe H OH
O O N.= O O H
O H O
14b Compound 1007 To a solution of methyl ester 14b (53 mg, 0.0626 mmol), in a 3.5 mL mixture of THF:H20 (2.5:1), was added solid LiOH-monohydrate (27 mg, 0.643 mmol). 0.5 mL
of MeOH was required to obtain an homogeneous solution. The resulting reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The organic solution was quenched with acetic acid and concentrated to provide an off white suspension. The crude material was purified by preparatory HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x 20 mm ID S-5 micron,120 A; k= 220 nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O .
The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product 1007 as the TF salt (21 mg; 40% yield).
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca. 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.31 (br s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.20-8.08 (m, 1 H), 8.05 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (br s, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.50-5.40 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.70-4.61 (m, 1 H), 4.48-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.93 (m, 1 H),= 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.58-2.49 (m, 1 H), 2.40 (br s, 2H), 2.32-2.21 (m,' 1 H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.22 (m, 10H), 1.04 (m, 9H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electros'pray) : 831.5 (M-H)" 833.5 (M+H)+ Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %.

Synthesis of Compound 5005 HN-/\
N
/O \ N\

O
-N N) H H OH
O FNi O
Compound 5005 Step 1:
Br i O
O0.S'O \o N\ O\ O
O O + 0 aN N OH HJ,H N
O O N,o 011 F4 O O H, H
O O
7b Brs 10c To a solution of the brosylate 7b Brs (1.89 g, 2.71 mmol) and quinoline F4 (670 mg, 2.71 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (26 mL) was. added cesium carbonate (971 mg, 2.98 mmol) at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was heated at 70 C
for 12 hours, cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with water (2x 50 mL), saturated NaHCO3 solution containing 1 M NaOH
(1/5 of the volume) (50 ml-) and brine (50 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4i filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product as a yellow oil, which was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel column (250-400 Mesh), eluting -66.

with EtOAc/hexanes (13:7), to afford 1.27 g of a pale yellow solid (contaminated with 20% of starting quinoline). The solid was dissolved in THE (15 mL) and the suspension was treated with CH2N2 (5 mL) at R.T. for 12 hours, then concentrated.
The residue was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel column (250-mesh) eluting with EtOAc/CHCI3 (12:6) to afford 0.9 g of pure IOc as a pale yellow foam (48%).

Step 2:
The conversion of the 2-carbomethoxy group of 10c into. the 2-(1-oxo-2-bromo)ethyl group of 13c was done using the reaction sequence described in example 7, steps 1, 2 and 3.

Step 3:
Reaction with thiourea derivative and final hydrolysis:

HN'~
0 N,( N Br 0 \ --s HN~ )C( HZN S
O O
'N J1, N N 8g = N)~ N N

13c Compound 5005 To the solution of 13c (50 mg, 0.065 mmol) in isopropanol (3 mL) was added isopropylthiourea 8g (10 mg, 0.085 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at for 45 minutes. HPLC revealed complete consumption of the starting material.
Cooled to ambient temperature and diluted with THE (2 mL) and I.ON sodium hydroxide solution (0.325 mL). Stirred at ambient temperature for 12 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in DMSO
(2 mL) and the solution was injected onto a Combi-Prep HPLC column. The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to yield 26.1 mg of Compound 5005 as an amorphous yellow solid (trifluoroacetate salt) (50%yield). .
1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6 8.60 and 8.82 (two s, 1H), 8.01-8.11 (m, 1H), 7.98 (s, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.72 and 7.75 (two s, 1 H), 5.90-6.03 (m, 1 H), 5.80-5.90 (d, J=
16Hz, I H), 5.62-5.79 (ni, 2H), 5.15-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.96-5.13 (m, 1H),.4.44-4.61 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 2H), 3.98-4.01 (two s, 6H), 3.27 -3.38 (m, 1 H), 2.53-2.70 (m, 1 H), 2.32 and 2.36 (two s, 3H), 1.96-2.09 (q, J = 9 Hz, 17 Hz, 1 H), 1.31-1.67 (m, 7H), 1.23-1.30 (m, 7H), 1.02-1.13 (m, I H), 0.87 and 0.94 (two s, 9H).

Synthesis of Compound 4004 H
/N
N
i0 N\ S
O

H OH
H`
O
Compound 4004 Step 1:
Br O
-0 N~ \ O~
0, 0 O O +
Q N\ O 0 O' `NN OH OH N
0 0 N,,. 0., R O H , O.
7a Brs O 10d .10 To a solution of brosylate 7a Brs (0.14 g, 0.20 mmol) and F4 (0.06 g, 0.24 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (4 mL) was added cesium carbonate (0.08 g, 0.26 mmol).
The mixture was heated to 70 C and stirred for 7 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled, poured into EtOAc (30 mL), washed with H2O (2X 50 mL), sat. NaHCO3 (2X
50 mL), and brine (3X 50 mL). The organic phase was dried, filtered and' concentrated to a yellow oil. This material was purified by flash chromatography on a silica gel column (250-400 mesh) eluting with EtOAc/hexane (2:8), to afford 56 mg (40% yield) of the product I Od as a pale yellow semi-solid.

Step 2:
The conversion of the 2-carbomethoxy group of 1Od into the 2-(1-oxo-2-bromo)ethyl group of 13d was done using the reaction sequence described in Example 7, steps 1,'2 and 3.

Step 3:
Reaction with thiourea derivative and final hydrolysis:

H O
0 i0 N` Br /O \ N\

O HZN_T p S O
N
H O C pO N NY H
8d O Hv \ O O H0 O
13d Compound 4004 To a solution of bromoketone 13d (34 mg, 0.045 mmoi) in isopropanol (2 mL) was added cyclopentylthiourea 8d (8.4 mg, 0.06 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 70 C for 45 min, then concentrated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in a mixture of THE (1.5 mL) and methanol (0.3 mL). Water (0.45 ml-) was added to this solution slowly with stirring, followed by LiOH (10.3 mg, 0.24 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at R.T. for 16 h. HPLC revealed that the reaction has proceeded to completion. The reaction mixture was concentrated, the residue was dissolved in DMSO and the solution was injected on to a Combi-prep HPLC column. The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to yield 16.5 mg (42% yield) of compound 4004 as an amorphous white solid (trifluoroacetic acid salt).
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) (mixture of rotamers;8:2): 3 8.59 and 8.71 (2s,1H), 8.13 (m,2H), 7.83-7.69 (m,2H), 7.1 (d, J=8.2Hz,0.8H), 6.46 (d, J=8.2Hz,0.2H), 5.76-5.67 (m,2H), 5.21 and 5.17 (2s,1 H). 5.05 (d, J=11 Hz,1 H), 4.53-4.49 (m,2H), 4.25 (br.s,IH), 4.04-3.99 (m,5H), 2.66-2.53 (m,1H), 2.34 (s,4H), 2.07-1.98 (m,3H), 1.76-1.25 (m,16H), 0.95 and 0.87 (2s,9H).

Preparation of Dipeptides:
Synthesis of Dipeptide 3:
Sr -p N~ \ 011 1 ~ N \ \ 0 s p O

I~rO)rN OH OuN
O O N O~ A5 I0I p N
H p H
O
3 Brs 15a To a solution of the brosylate 3 Brs(4.2 g, 7.32 mmol) and the quinoline A5 (1.45 g, 5.86 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrol id i none (25 mL) was added cesium carbonate (3.1 g, 9.5 mmol). The mixture was heated to 70 C for 12 h. The reaction mixture was poured into EtOAc (150 mL), washed with H2O (2X 150 mL), saturated solution of NaHCO3 (2X. 150 mL) and brine (2X 150 mL). The organic phase was separated, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product as a yellow oil. This material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel column (250-400 Mesh) eluting with 65% EtOAc in hexane to afford 15a (1.8 g, 42%) as a white solid.
EXAMPLE II
Synthesis of Compound 2015 The synthesis was done according to the following sequence:

p _ NAN OR 1~N
N N
H H 0 H H 0 0 N OMe 2HCI: HN H 0 R = Bn E11-6 OMe ,<, R = H El1-7 H X = OMe E11-8 X=0-Na* El1.9 15b X = CH2N2 E11-10 X = CH2Br E11-11 RHN OBn O
O
We I N>---N
R = Boc E11-3 .10 / N= 0 R = H: HCI E11-4 / S H
R = PhO(CO) E11-5 0 >rOYN om, O
+ 0 0 N Me o a N I N N
15a H H 0 X
O H O
NHR
R = CH=O E11-1 X = OMe E11-12 R = H: HCI EI1-2 X = OH Compound 2015 El1-I: Potassium cyanide (1.43 g, 22.0 mmol) was added to a stirred solution of methylcyclopentanol (2.00 g, 20.0 mmol) in glacial acetic acid (1.00 mL) resulting in a thick slurry. To this was added, dropwise, sulfuric acid (3 mL, caution:
exothermic) at a rate at which the temperature was maintained at ca. 30-35 C. Additional acetic acid (1 mL) was added to facilitate stirring of the thick paste. The mixture was then heated to 55-60 C for 30 min followed by stirring at ambient temperature for 16 h.
Ice cold water (35 mL) was then added, the mixture extracted with ethyl ether (2x 40 mL) and the combined organic phases washed with 5% NaHCO3 (5x 30 mL), dried over MgSO4 and the solvent evaporated to yield a pale brown oil (1.16 g). The pH of the combined aqueous washings was then raised to pH 11 by the addition of solid K2CO3 and the resulting solids filtered and washed with ethyl ether (3x 40 mL).
The filtrate was extracted with ethyl ether (2x 40 mL), the combined extracts dried over MgSO4 and the solvent evaporated to yield additional product (0.355 g) which was combined with the above obtained oil (1.52 g, 60 %).

E11-2: 5N Hydrochloric acid (8 mL) was added to a solution of El1-1 (1.50 g, 11.8 mmol) in. dioxane (8.0 mL) resulting in some precipitation. Ethanol (4 mL) was then added and the solution heated to reflux for 4 h. The reaction was then cooled, the organic solvents evaporated and the aqueous residue washed with hexane (40 mL). The aqueous layer was then evaporated to dryness (ethanol was used to azeotrope the last traces of water) and the resulting solid was dried under high vacuum to yield the methylcyclopentylamine hydrochloride as a beige solid (1.38 g, 86%).
E11-3: To a stirred, ice cold solution of Boc-Tbg-OH (5.00 g, 21.6 mmol) in acetonitrile (75 mL) was added benzyl bromide (2.83 mL, 23.8 mmol) under an argon atmosphere. DBU (3.88 mL, 25.9 mmol) was then added in small portions over ca. 5 min. The resulting suspension was stirred at 0 C for a further 30 min then allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 3 h, the solvent was evaporated and the residue extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL), washed with 1 N HCI (2x 25 mL), 5% aq NaHC03 (3x 25 mL) and brine (25 mL), and then dried over MgSO4 and the solvent evaporated to yield the benzyl ester as a colorless oil (6.83 g, 98 %).

30' E11-4: The E11-3 (6.80'g, 21.2 mmol) was dissolved in dioxane (4 mL) and a solution of 4N HCI in dioxane (30 mL, 120 mmol) added. After stirring at ambient temperature for 2 h, the solvent was evaporated and the residue allowed to stand under a stream of nitrogen resulting in slow solidification. This material was then triturated with hexane (2x 50 mL), filtered, air dried for 30 min then placed under -71.-high vacuum for 5 days to afford the hydrochloride salt as a white solid (4.86 g, 89%).

E11-5: To a stirred, ice cold solution of E11-4 (4.85 g, 18.8 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (75 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (8.20' mL, 47.0 mmol) followed by the dropwise addition of phenyichloroformate (2.60 mL, 20.7 mmol) under an argon atmosphere. A thick precipitate formed which, upon vigorous stirring, became a fine suspension. After 4.5 h, the mixture was concentrated to. a third of its original volume and then extracted with ethyl acetate (50 mL) and washed with water (40 mL), 0.5 M KHSO4 (40 mL), 5 % NaHCO3 (2x 40 mL) and brine (50 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield the phenyl carbamate as a colorless oil which slowly crystallized over a period of days (6.63 g, quantitative).

El1-6: To a solution of E11-5 (1.00 g, 2.93 mmol) in DMSO (2.00 mL) containing acetonitrile (1.00 mL) was added diisopropylethylamine (817 L) followed by the amine E11-2 (477 mg, 3.52 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h and then heated to 70 C for 45 min The solution was then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL), washed with 5% aq K2CO3 (4x 50 mL) and brine (50 mL). The .20' organic phase was' dried over MgSO4i the solvent evaporated and the residue purified by flash chromatography over TLC grade silica gel using 10:1 to 5:1 (gradient) hexane /ethyl acetate as-eluent which afforded the urea E11-6 as a white crystalline solid (798 mg, 79%).

E11-7: To solution of urea E11-6 (780 mg, 2.25 mmol) in absolute ethanol (10 mL) under an argon atmosphere was added 10% Pd-C.catalyst (100 mg). The system was purged three times with H2 and then stirred vigorously under a hydrogen-balloon. After 3 h, the catalyst was filtered over Celite and the filtrate evaporated.
The residue was then dissolved in methanol (ca. 10 mL), filtered through a Millipore Millex 0.45 uM filter and then evaporated to yield the acid E11-7 as a white solid (539 mg, 93%).

15b: The Boc-dipeptide 15a (1.23 g, 2.11 mmol) was dissolved in dry dioxane (2 mL) and a solution of 4N HCI in dioxane (10 mL, 40 mmol) added, resulting in a bright yellow solution which was allowed to stand at ambient temperature.
After 3 h, the solvent was evaporated resulting in a gummy yellow solid which was triturated with dichloromethane (ca. 10 mL) and evaporated to a canary yellow powder which was dried under high vacuum (1.23 g,. quantitative).
E11-8: The urea E11-7 (239 mg, 0.932 mmol) and TBTU (3.06 mg, 0.979 mmol) were dissolved/suspended in anhydrous dichloromethane (4 ml-) and dilsopropylethylamine (157 L, 0.900 mmol) added. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere until the solution became nearly homogeneous (ca. 5 min). A solution of dipeptide 15b (494 mg, 0.888 mmol) in dichloromethane containing diisopropylethylamine (314 p.L, 1.8 mmol) was then added and the resulting solution allowed to stir for 3 h after the reaction was rendered basic by the addition of additional diisopropylethylamine (ca. 0.15 mL).
The solvent was evaporated yielding a yellow syrup which was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x 50 ml-) and washed with saturated NaHCO3 (2x 50 mL) and brine (30 mL). The combined extracts were then dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to afford the tripeptide E11-8 as a fibrous white solid (650 mg, 97 %).

E11-9: The ester E11-8 (645 mg, 0.894 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (16 mL) containing methanol (8 mL) and I.ON aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (900 mL, 0.900 mmol) then added dropwise with vigorous stirring at ambient temperature.
After 5 h, the solution was evaporated (keeping the bath temperature below 30 C) and then placed under high vacuum overnight to afford the carboxylate salt as a pale yellow solid (725 mg, quantitative) which was used without further purification (ca. 10 % of diacid present).

El1-10: To a stirred, ice cold suspension of sodium salt E11-9 (0.894 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) under an argon atmosphere was added triethylamine (240 L, 1.72 mmol) followed by the dropwise addition of isobutyl chloroformate (174 L, 1.34 mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at 0 C for 3 h and a solution of diazomethane in ethyl ether (0.7M, 10 mL, 7 mmol) then added. The yellow suspension was stirred for 30 min at 0 C and then allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After I h, nitrogen was bubbled through the suspension for 15 min. to remove the excess diazomethane and the solvent evaporated. The residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield the diazoketone Ell -10 as a yellow solid (626 mg (96%).

El1-11: To a stirred, ice cold solution of diazoketone El1-10 (620 mg, 0.850 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) was added dropwise 48 % aqueous hydrobromic acid (144 L, 0.850 mmol) and the reaction stirred for 30 min The solution was then diluted and extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO3 (2x 20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to afford the bromoketone Ell-11 as a yellow solid (611 mg, 92 %).
E11-12: To a solution of bromoketone El1-11 (75 mg, 0.10 mmol) in isopropanol (0.30 mL) was added' diisopropylethylamine (87 L, 0.50 mmol) and N-acetylthiourea (18 mg, 0.15 mmol). The stirred mixture was heated to 70 C for I h and then extracted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and washed with 5% aqueous NaHCO3 (20 rL) and brine'(20 mL). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to yield the crude aminothiazole as a yellow solid which was used without further purification.

Compound 2015: The ester E11-12 (0.10 mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.80 mL) and methanol (0.25 mL) and 1.0 N lithium hydroxide (800 L, 0.80 mmol) added. After stirring at ambient temperature for 2.5, the organic solvents were evaporated and the resulting aqueous residue was diluted with DMSO (1 mL) and acetic acid (0.7 mL) and the solution injected onto a Combi-Prep HPLC column..
The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to yield the final inhibitor 2015 as an amorphous yellow solid (trifluoroacetate salt, 16 mg, 20 %): 1H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 0.87 and 0.96 (two s, 9H), 1.19 and 1.28 (two s, 3H), 1.24-1.90 (m, 9H), 2.03 (app q4, Japp = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.28 (m, 1 H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 3.83-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 4.19-4.23 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.46 (m, 3H), 4.81 (app t, Japp = 7 Hz, 0.2H), 5.03-5.07 (two sets of overlapping dd, 1H), 5.16-5.24 (two sets of overlapping dd, 1H), 5.38 and 5.42 (two br. s, I H), 5.67-5.83 (m, I H), 5.95-6.04 (m, 2H), 7.26 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 0.8H), 7.40 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 0.2H), 7.43-7.55 (br. m, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 0.2 H), 8.04 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 0.8H), 8.08 (br. s, 1 H), 8.54 (s, 0.8H), 8.87 (s, 0.2H), 12.37 and 12.42 (two br. s, 1 H).

Synthesis of Compound 1038 HN--~
~j_ris O
O
OIk N N \
H O N~, OH
H
O
Compound 1038 Using a reaction sequence similar to the one described in the last six steps of Example 11, but using carbamate 4c (Example 15) instead of urea 11-7, the following carbamate bromoketone E12-1 was prepared:

N-~

~0 N Br ~O \ N S
HN-~
HZN S O

N N 8g q00 N \
H 0~ H H
O H O H' ~0[
O
E12-1 Compound 1038 Conversion of the bromoketone to final compound was done as follows:
To a solution of the bromoketone E12-1 (60 mg, 0.076 mmol) in isopropanol (3 mL) was added isopropylthiourea 8g (11.7 mg, 0.99 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated at 70 C for 45 minutes. HPLC revealed complete consumption of the starting material. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with THE (3 mL) and 1.ON sodium hydroxide solution (1 mL) was added. After stirring at ambient temperature for 12' hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in DMSO (2 mL) and the solution was injected onto a Combi-Prep HPLC column. The pure fractions were pooled and lyophilized to yield 9 mg of Compound 1038 as an amorphous yellow solid (trifluoroacetate salt) (15% yield).
'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 8 12.35 (br s, 1 H), 8.56 and 8.76 (two s, 1 H), 7.72--75.

8.27 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.68 (m, 2H), 6.68-6.95 (d, J= 9Hz, 0.8H), 6.18-6.34 (d, J=
9Hz, 0.2H), 5.61-5.81 (m, 1 H), 5.52 (broad s, 1 H), 5.13-5.27 (m, 1 H), 4.96-5.13 (m, 1 H), 4.31-4.50 (m, 31-1), 3.74-4.17 (m, 8H), 2.53-2.60 (m, 3H), 2.20-2.36 (m, 1 H), 1.95-2.09 (m, I H), 1.70-1.91'(m, 2H), 1.95=2.09 (m, 1H), 1.37-1.61, (m, 6H), 1.18-1.32 (m, 9H), 0.87 and 0.96 (two s, 9H).

Synthesis of Compound 2013 OMe N
OMe O
>~NN OH + 2HC1: H?N"~ NN N
H H OMe H H O No Me O O O
O
E13-1 .O o 15b E13.2 O
N ~-O \>-N
000Bfl N` H
H
O
O

,V, T, N
O
?N~<OH
O
Compound 2013 Urea Acid E13-1: The urea-P3 acid was prepared from tert-butylamine and E11-5 by the same sequence of reactions as described in Example 11.

Tripeptide ester E13-2: The urea-P3 acid was coupled with the P1-P2 fragment 15b as described in Example 11.
1'5 Compound 2013: The final inhibitor was prepared from E13-2 by a sequence of steps identical to that described in Example 11. The product of the final saponification was isolated as an amorphous yellow powder (trifluoroacetate salt, 21 mg, 28 %). 'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 0.91 and 0.96 (two s, 9H), 1.15 and 1.21 (two s, 9H), 1.26 (dd, J = 5.0, 9.4 Hz, 0.8H), 1.53 (dd, J = 5.0, 7.8 Hz, 0.8H), 1.58 (dd, J = 4.3, 9.2 Hz, 0.2H), 2.03 (app q4, Japp = 8.8 Hz, I H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.28 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 3.80-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.93 and 3.96 (two s, 3H), 4.18-4.20 (m, 2H), 4.35-4.45 (m, 3H), 4.83 (app t, Japp = 7 Hz, 0.2H), 5.03-5.07 (two sets of overlapping dd, 1 H), 5.17-5.24 (two sets of overlapping dd, 1 H), 5.36 and 5.42 (two br. s, 1 H), 5.66-5.80 (m, 1 H), 5.86-6.04 (br. m, 2H), 7.25 (d, J = 9.2. Hz, 0.8H), 7.40 (d, .J = 9.2 Hz, 0.2H), 7.4-7.50 (br. m, I H), 7.88 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 0.2 H), 8.03-8.15 (br.
m, 1.8H), 8.54 (s, 0.8H), 8.89 (s, 0.2H), 12.38 and 12.42 (two br. s, 1 H).

Synthesis of compound 2018 / I N\ OMe OMe O O
0 ~. 0 ? ~-N JAN N
NxN OH + 2HC1; HN
H OMe H H OMe O O N

15b E14-3 O JL H OBE
O\`
O N
E11-5 o i s H

NHR ) N
-H H OH

10 Compound 2018 E14-2: The urea-P3 acid E14-2 was prepared from E11-5 and amine E14-1 by the same sequence of reactions as described in Example 11.

E14-3: The urea-P3 acid was coupled with the P1-P2 fragment 15b as described in Example 11.

The final inhibitor was prepared from E14-3 by a sequence of steps identical to that described on Example 11. The product of the final saponification was isolated as an amorphous yellow powder (trifluoroacetate salt, 10 mg,.21 %).
'H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 5 0.74-0.97 (m, 21H), 1.25 (dd, J=5, 9Hz, 1H), 1.47 (dd, J=8,.4Hz, 0.2H), 1.53 (dd, J=8, 5Hz, 0.81-1), 2.02 (app q4, Japp 8Hz, 0.8H),'2.19 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.27 (m, 1 H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 3.31-3.43 (m, 1 H), 3.93 and 3.95 (two s, 3H), 3.98-4.02* (m), 4.22-4.26* (m), 4.35-4.39* (m), 4.82 (app t, Japp=7Hz, 0.2H), 5.01-5.06 (two sets of overlapping dd, I H), 5.16-5.23 (two sets of overlapping dd, 1 H), 5.35 and 5.41 (two br. s, 1 H), 5.67-5.79 (m, 1 H), 5.87 (d, J=9.4Hz, 0.8H), 5.91 (d, J=9.4Hz, 0.2H), 6.07 (d, J=8.6Hz, 0.8H), 6.14 (d, J=9.2Hz, 0.2H), 7.24-7.5 (m, 2H), 7.89 (d, J=9.2Hz, 0.2H), 8.04-8.12.(m, 1.8H), 8.54 (s, 0.8H), 8.87 (s, 0.2H), 12.37 and 12.41 (two s, 1 H). * obscured by HOD signal.

Permutation library:
Both bromo ketones 18a and 18b were used in a permutation library for the parallel synthesis of compounds as shown in the following scheme:

L0 L O NH, $ RZ
N Br 2- SpeedVac L L N \ g LZ i i 3- TFA/CH2CI2 or HCI 1 Dioxane \
0 4- SpeedVac L2 BOON O R I01 = R3 We 5. B.X'k N OH B.X11LN jYN
O N H 0 H ~J
OH
H o 4X=O 0 N .H
18a L = OMe, L1= Br, L2= H 5X=NH 0 18b L = OMe, L1= CI, L2= H
6- LiOH I THF, H2O
7- HPLC Purification Step 1: Formation of the aminothiazole ring A series of 8-mL vials were disposed in a reaction block from an ACT496 synthesizer (from Advanced Chemtech). In each vial was added the thio-derivative (8) of interest (0.0688 mmole), the bromoketone (0.0625 mmole) and isopropanol (500 pL). The closed vials were heated at 70 C for 1 h. The solvent was then evaporated using a vacuum centrifuge (SpeedVac) and was co-evaporated with 1,2-dichloroethane. The crude' products were dried under high vacuum overnight.

Step 2:' Removal of the Boc protecting group All the vials were treated with 30% TFA in DCM (500 pL) for I h. All vials were transferred 'on a vacuum centrifuge to remove the volatile material.

Step 3: Coupling In each vial was added the corresponding carbamate (21c to 21g) and carbamate acid (4b to 4k) (0.0875 mmole), HATU (0.0875 mmole, 33.27 mg) and DIPEA (0.313 mmole, 55 taL) in 500 tiL of DMSO and the reaction mixture was allowed to proceed overnight.

o S
H N~N) H2N' NAOJ\ H2N'\N) H2N H HZN~H
z H H H
8d 8e Sf 8g Sc O
O O
3 ,/ A

H H
4b 4c 0 4d 0 H COZH N COZH O~N COZH
H H
4e 0 4g 0'OAO2K A O H COZH O H COZ H
4h 4i 4j ~, F O AH COZH
Step 4: Saponification and Purification All reactions were diluted with 400 pL of DMSO and 200 pL THE A solution of 500 tiL of 2N aq LiOH (1 mmol) was added to each vial and allowed to proceed overnight after which time, the mixture was neutralized by the addition of 400 pL of AcOH. All compounds were purified by semi-prep reversed-phase HPLC (Symmetry column 5 cm x 19 cm, CH3CN / H2O 0.06% TFA gradient).
ExAMPLEI6 The following compounds were prepared using reaction sequences and methodologies as described in the above examples:

Compounds from Table 1 O
N
N ' ,O N~ s O
ON N
H OH
O H.
O
Compound 1006 Compound 1006:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.31 (br s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (br s, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J
= 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (br s, 1 H), 7.34 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.11 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.51-5.41 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.11-5.03 (m, 1 H), 4.53-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.32 (m, 1 H), 4.07 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.04-3.92 (m, 1 H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 3H), .2.58-2.50 (m, 1 H), 2.40 (br s, 2H), 2.31-2.17 (m, 1 H), 2.12-1.95 (m, 3H), 1.91-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.71-1.39 (m, 3H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 1H), 1.04 (m, 9H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 817.4 (M-H)- 819.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase.HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 99 %

HN-~
Br N-~O N~ \ s O
O
1O'U'N N
H OH
O N H
O
Compound 1030 Compound 1030:
'H NMR (400 MHz,.DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 8.00-7.78 (m, 1 H), 7.73-7.56 (m, 1 H), 7.52 (s, 1 H), 7.37 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.52-5.45 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.13-5.03 (m, 1 H), 4.58-4.50 (m, 1 H), 4.50-4.42 (m, 1 H), 4.39-4.31 (m, 1 H), 4.10-4.03 (m, 1 H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.99-3.70 (m, under H2O, 2H), 2.34-2.23 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.70-1.37 (m, 9H), 1.34-1.23 (m, 2H), 1.26 (br d, J 6.4 Hz, 6H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 839 (M-H)" 841.3 (M-H+2)" 841.3 (M+H)+ 843.3 (MH+2)+
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 98 %

HN`I
N'< i0 N S

O
O
O'k N N
H O N' 6 H
O
Compound 1015 Compound 1015:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 5 12.32 (br s, 1 H), 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.15-8.03 (m, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.47-7.37 (m, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.45-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.72-4.62 (m, 1 H), 4.46-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.03-3.90 (m, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.30-2.19 (m, 1 H), 2.20 (s,, 3H), 2.06-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.21 (m, 11 H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 775.4 (M-H)" 777.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 99 %

HNC
N

O
O
N
FO)t'N
OH
H N
O H
O
Compound 1024 Compound 1024:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 812.31 (s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.20-8.05 (m, 1 H), 8.03 (d, J =
9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.54-7.40 (m, 1 H), 7.38 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.33 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.49-5.41 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.77-3.85 (m, 8H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.60. (s, 3H), 2.58-2.47 (m, 1 H), 2.43-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.57-1.51 (m, 1 H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 1 H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 1.00 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 809.4 (M-H)" 811.4 (M+H)'. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 98 %

N
O N
~1O N \S
O
O
~O lul N OH, N ~, O H
O
Compound 1001 Compound 1001:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 7:3 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 8.01 (br s, I H), 7.92 (s, I H), 7.90-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.70 (br s, I H), 7.31 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.72 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.28-6.10 (m, 1 H), 5.53-5.33 (m, 1 H), 5.03-5.92 (m, 1 H), 4.85-4.71 (m, 1 H),.4.49-4.40 (m, 1 H), 4.19-4.02 (m, 3H), 4.03 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.82-2.45 (m, 3H), 2.36-2.23 (m, 1 H), 1.90-1.79 (m, 1 H), 1.34 (m, 9H), 1.37-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.98 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 835.4 (M-H)" 837.3 (M+H)4. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 99 %

HN-~
N
'IN \ N\ S
O
O
-0 'IN N \
H fI H
O
H"
Compound 1011 Compound 1011:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 8.53 (s, I H), 7.92 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, I H), 7.46 (s, 1 H), 7.39 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J.= 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.64 (m, 1 H), 5.44-5.33 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.13 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.00 (m, 1 H), 4.81-4.70 (m, 1 H), 4.45-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.11 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.87-3.72 (m, 1 H), 2.75 (s, 6H), 2.66 (s, 3H), 2.56-2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.29-2.17 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.21 (m, 10H), 1.25 (br d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 788.4 (M-H)- 790.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 95 %

HN&
N~
/O N\ S
O
O
O-k N N
H OH
O H
O
Compound 1023 Compound 1023:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.36 (s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.09-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.42 (br s, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.45-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.75-4.66 (m, 1 H), 4.47-4.31 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.09 (m, 1 H), 4.03-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.43 (m, 1 H), 2.30-2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.33 (m, 9H), 1.31-1.23 (m, 1 H), 1.18 (t, J = 7.3 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 789.3 (M-H)- 791.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 98 %

HN\
N%< S
O \ N\ \
O
O
O N \
H OH
O H O
Compound 1033 Compound 1033:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.36 (s, 1 H), 8.53 (s, 1 H), 8.05 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.46 (s, 1 H), 7.20 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.80-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.44-5.37 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.85-4.76 (m, 1 H), 4.45-4.34 (m, 2H), 4.21-4.10 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.89 (m, 1 H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 2.58-2.47 (m, 1 H), 2.28-2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.06-1.96 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.38 (m, 9H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.29-1.22 (m, 1 H), 0.99 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 817.4 (M-H)" 819.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 98 %

O
HN
N %~
/O \ N s O
O
qO lk N N \
H OH
O N ., H. O
Compound 1037 Compound 1037:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.29 (s, 1 H), 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.19-8.01 (m, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J =
9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.79 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.47-5.37 (m, 1 H), 5.22-5.13 (m, 1 H), 5.08-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.45-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.13-4.06 (m, 1 H), 3.98-3.90 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.56-2.46 (m, 1 H), 2.41-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.05-1.96 (m, 1 H), 1.93-1.43 (m, 9H), 1.33 (br s, 3H), 1.29-1.22 (m, 1 H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 845.5 (M-H)- 847.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 96 %

HN'-F N%< S
-O N
O
n O
ON N
H OH
O
Compound 1051 Compound 1051:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.35 (s, 1 H), 8.54 (s, 1 H),' 8.03 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (s, 1 H), 7.38 (t, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.47-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.13 (rrm, 1 H), 5.09-5.00 (m, 1 H), 4.69-4.60 (m, 1 H), 4.48-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.14-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.39 (m, 3H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.06-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.37 (m, 8H), 1.37-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.12 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 793.3 (M-H)" 795.3 (M+H). Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 98 %
O
H N O
cl N %~
s O
O
O'k N N
H OH
O H
O
Compound 1053 Compound 1053:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.06 (br s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.12 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (s, 1 H), 7.46 (m, 1 H), 7.39 (d, J = 9.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.44-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.65-4.52 (m, 1 H), 4.49-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 3.99-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.37 (m, 8H), 1.37-1.22 (m, 2H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 811.1 (M-H)" 813.2 (M+H)+ . Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 96 %

HN
N s O
O
~ON N
H OH
O H
O
Compound 1027 Compound 1027:
10 'HNMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6): 6 8.58 (s, 1H), 8.06 (d, J= 9Hz, 1H), 7.91, 7.89 (2s, 1 H), 7.57 (brs, 1 H), 7.40,7.38 (2s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J=9Hz, 1 H), 5.57-5.68 (m, 1 H), 5.55 (brs, 1 H), 5.20 (d, J=16Hz, 1 H), 5.06 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1 H)), 4.69 (brs, 1 H), 4.47 (t, J=
9Hz, 1 H), 4.30-4.35 (m, 1 H), 4.08 (d, J= 9Hz, 2H), 4.05-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s,3H), 3.66-3.40 (m, 8H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 1 H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.60-1.50 (m, 2H), 1.28,1.26 (2s, 6H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
EIMS: (M+H) = 779.3, (M-H) = 777.3 Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 99%-HN&-N %~
~O \ N~ S
O
O
O)t, N N \
H O H ., OH
O
Compound 1041 Compound 1041:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 5 12.33 (br s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.15-8.02 (m, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.49-7.38 (m, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.46-5.39 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.71-4.62 (m, 1 H), 4.47-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.09 (m, 1 H), 4.03-3.92 (m, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.58-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.30-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.21 (m, 11 H), 1.13 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 789.4 (M-H)" 791.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 98 %.

HN

N --< i0 \ N~ S

O
O
ON N
~
H OH
H
O ,.
O
Compound 1026 Compound 1026:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; b 12.30 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.09 (br s, 1 H), 8.02 (d, J =
9.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (br s, 1 H), 7.32 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.24 (d,. J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.47-5.39 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.03 (m, 1 H), 4.80-4.72 (m, 1 H), 4.49-4.41 (m, 1 H), 4.37-4.29 (m, 1 H), 4.15-4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.05-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.80-3.51 (m, under H2O, 4H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.57-2.48 (m, 1 H), 2.41-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.21 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.95-1.83 (m, 1 H), 1.62-1.46 (m, 2H), 1.31-1.22 (m, 1 H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.97 (s, 9H). M.S.(electrospray) : 833.3 (M-H)' 835.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

O
HN*Q
N%< . N S

O
O
-0-k N N \
H OH

Compound 1022 Compound 1022:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, maior rotamer description; 6 12.32 (s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.08-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.42 (br s, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.44-5.37 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.75-4.67 (m, 1 H), 4.43-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.16-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.48 (m, 1 H), 2.34-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.06-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.16 (m, 19H), 1.18 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 857.4 (M-H)" 859.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20) : 98 %

HN-k O-~
N /O \ N\ S

O
O
N

H OH
O H O
Compound 1046 Compound 1046:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, maior rotamer description; 6 11.91 (br s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, I H), 8.08 (br s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J
= 9.2 Hz, I H), 7.43 (s, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.03 (m, 1 H), 5.03-4.93 (m, 1 H), 4.71-4.62 (m, 1 H), 4.47-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.15-4:08 (m, 1 H), 4.05-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.58-2.47 (m, 1 H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.22 (m, 1 OH), 1.29 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 0.97 (s, 9H).

M.S.(electrospray) : 819.4 (M-H)" 821.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 99 %

HN-I~
N -~
N S
O

H N,, OH
O
O
Compound 1036 Compound 1036:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.35 (s, 1 H), 8.53 (s, 1 H), 8.12-7.98 (m, 2H), 7.41 (s, 1 H), 7.24 (d, J
= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.79 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.64 (m, 1 H), 5.44-5.34 (m, 1 H), 5.22-5.13 (m, 1 H), 5.08-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.46-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 2.57-2.47 (m, 1 H), 2.28-2.17 (m, 1 H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.06-1.96 (m, 1 H), 1.94-1.77 (m, 2H), 1.72-1.43 (m, 7H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.29-1.21 (m, 1 H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 789.4 (M-H)- 791.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 95 %
O
HN&
Br N%< S
i0 N
O
O
-O N
H "H
O H
O
Compound 1056 Compound 1056:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.35 (s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.17 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 8.05 (s, 1 H), 7.47 (s, 1 H), 7.35 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.46-5.40 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), '5.09-5.03 (m, 1 H), 4.63-4.56 (m, 1 H), 4.49-4.34 (m, 2H), 4.13-3.90 (m, under H2O, 2H), 4.01 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.51 (m, 1 H), 2.49-2.43 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.21 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.37 (m, 9H), 1.36-1.16 (m, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H), 0.93 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 3H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 869.1 (M-H)- 871.1 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 98 %

~N
O N
\ N~ ~ S
N O
ON
H OH
O H
O
Compound 1181 Compound 1181:
1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.2-7.96 (m, 1 H), 7.88-7.70 (m, 2H), 7.62-7.35 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, J = 7.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.65-5.55 (m, 1 H), 5.19 (d, J = 17.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.065 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1 H), 4.63-4.52 (m, 1 H), 4.50-4.40 (m, 1 H), 4.13-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.98 (bd, J = 10 Hz, 1 H), 3.92-3.80 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.53 (m, 1 H), 2.38-2.27 (m, 1 H), 2.02 (dd, J = 8.6, 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 1.69-1.52 (m, 6H), 1.51-1:41 (m, 3H), 1.40-1.31 (m, 1H), 1.27 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 6H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
MS (electrospray): (M+H)+; 763.4 and (M-H)- 761.3.
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99%.
Compounds from Table 2 N
O N s O
NN N
H H N OH
O H
O
Compound 2010 Compound 2010:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 8:2 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 8.56 (s, I H), 8.41 (br s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, I H), 7.55 (s, 1 H), 7.29 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.09-5.99 (m, 1 H), 5.97-5.88 (m, 1 H), 5.78-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.54-5.48 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.47-4.33 (m, 2H), 4.27-4.20 (m, 1 H), 4.19-3.85 (m, under H2O, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.13 (q, J = 7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.34-2.23 (m, 1 H), 2.09-2.00 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.37 (m, 7H), 1.40 (t, J = 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.31-1.05 (m, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 745.4 (M-H)" 747.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 96 %

HN' ~1O N s O
O
q-N 'kN N
H H OH
0 Ho O
Compound 2012 Compound 2012:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 8:2 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.29 (s, I H), 8.54 (s, 1 H), 8.08 (br s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J =
9.0 Hz, I H), 7.44 (br s, 1 H), 7.25 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.08-5.90 (m, 2H), 5.80-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.45-5.37 (m, 1 H), 5.22-5.13 (m, 1 H), 5.09-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.48-4.34 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.19 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.90 (m, 1 H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.68-2.57 (m, 1 H), 2.42-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.18 (m, 1 H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.21 (m, 1 OH), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 844.5 (M-H)' 846.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

N HN
S
N

O
O
O-N)t'N N
H H H
O H
O
Compound 2002 Compound 2002:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 8:2 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 8.57 (s, I H), 8.28-7.77 (m, 3H), 7.66-7.30 (m, 2H), 6.09-5.98 (m, 1 H), 5.96-5.86 (m, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.61-5.48 (m, 1 H), 5.26-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.11-5.03 (m, 1 H), 4.53-4.39 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.15 (m, 1 H), 4.05-3.93 (m, 1 H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.92-3.50 (m, under H2O, 2H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 2.59-2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.36-2.26 (m, 1 H), 2.18-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.36 (m, 7H), 1.27 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 1.31-1.05 (m, 3H), 0.95 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 774.4 (M-H)- 776.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 94 %

HN&
N %X
S
N

O
O
'N'k N
H H OH
O H
O
Compound 2007 Compound 2007:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 8:2 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.38 (s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.09 (br s, 1 H), 8.06 (d, J =
9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.44 (s, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.12-6.01 (m, 1 H), 5.98-5.89 (m, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.47-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.20 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.92 (m, I H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.90-3.50 (m, under H2O, 1 H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.55-2.47 (m, 1 H), 2.31-2.22 (m, 1 H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.38 (m, 7H), 1.31-1.09 (m, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 774.4 (M-H)- 776.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 94 %

,0 N~ s O
O
O'N kN N \
H H H
O H
O
Compound 2008 Compound 2008:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 8:2 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.34 (br s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 8.17-8.05 (m, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.50-7.42 (m, 1 H), 7.28 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.11-6.01 (m, 1 H), 5.98-5.88 (m, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.48-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.20 (m, 1 H), 4.07-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.80-3.65 (m, under H2O, 1 H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.60-2.50 (m, 1 H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.82-1.37 (m, 15H), 1.31-1.07 (m, 5H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 842.5 (M-H)- 844.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 97 %

Compounds from Table 3 HNC
/-o N %< ' O N s O
O
O)t' N N \
H
H O H
O
Compound 3002 Compound 3002:
20= 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.33 (s, 1 H), 8.55 (s, 1 H), 7.98 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.40 (s, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.26 (s, 2H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.76-4.67 (m, 1 H), 4.47-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.11 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.00-3.91 (m, 1 H), 2.41-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.29-2.19 (m, 1 H), 2.08-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.82-1.22 (m, 11 H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 831.5 (M-H)- 833.6 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

NHZ
N %<
O N\ \ S
O
0 N N \
H OH
O H
O
Compound 3007 Compound 3007:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.04 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.94-7.64 (m, 3H), 7.49-7.37 (m, 1 H), 7.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.80-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.58-5.46 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.11-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.85-4.70 (m, 2H), 4.69-4.58 (m, 1 H), 4.49-4.81 (m, 2H), 4.09 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.00-3.88 (m, 1 H), 3.75-3.30 (m, under H2O, 2H), 2.35-2.22 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.20 (m, 11 H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 731.3 (M-H)" 733.3 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 94 %

HN
O NN%~

O
O
O'k N \
H H
O H
O
Compound 3010 Compound 3010:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.37 (s, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.13-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.43 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (d, J
= 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 5.80-5.64 (m, 1 H), 5.50-5.37 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.11 (m, 1 H), 5.10-4.98 (m, 1 H), 4.83-4.63 (m, 3H), 4.47-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.05 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.86 (m, 1 H), 3.75-3.30 (m, under H2O, 2H), 2.34-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.82-1.13 (m, 20H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 841.3 (M-H)" 843.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

HN
/-O N
O N S.
O
ON N
H OH
O H ~( O
Compound 3001 Compound 3001:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; b 8.55 (s, 1 H), 7.95-7.76 (m, I H), 7.72 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.49 (s, 1 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 6.25 (s, 2H), 5.80-5.65 (m, 1 H), 5.52-5.46 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.75-4.66 (m, 1 H), 4.48-4.39 (m, 1 H), 4.37-4.27 (m, 1 H), 4.17-4.07 (m, 1 H), 4.01-3.92 (m, 1 H), 3.90-3.75 (m, 1 H), 2.62-2.44 (m, 1 H), 2.31-2.20 (m, 1 H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.20 (m, 10H), 1.25 (br d, J = 6.4 Hz, 6H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 775.5 (M-H)" 777.6 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

HN--~
N%<
O N\ s i r O
ON N
H H
O H
O
Compound 3004 Compound 3004:
Mixture of rotamers (approx. 85:15), 1H NMR of major rotamer given (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): S 8.57 (s, 1 H); 8.10 - 8.13 (m, 1 H); 8.08 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H) 7.86 - 7.88 (m, 2H); 7.53 (s, 1 H); 7.14 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H); 7.00 (d, J = 8.5, 1 H);
5.68 - 5.78 (m, 1 H); 5.57 (s, 1 H); 5.19 (d, J = 17.0 Hz, 1 H); 5.07 (d, J = 11.9 Hz, 1 H);
4.78 - 4.82 (m , 2H); 4.58 - 4.63 (m, I H); 4.35 - 4.47 (m, 2H); 3.87 - 4.08 (m, 8H); 3.58 -3.62 (m, 2H); 2.53 - 2.56 (m, 1 H); 2.27 - 2.33 (m, 1 H); 1.99 - 2.04 (m, 1 H); 1.43 -1.65 (m, 4H); 1.28 - 1.30 (m, I H); 1.26 (d, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H); 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 775.4 (M+H)+, 773.4 (M-H) Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 98.8 %
Compounds from Table 4 HN&*
N--<
S
O
O
O'k N N \
H OH
O H ~j O
Compound 4005 Compound 4005:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; S 12.36 (br s, 1 H), 8.57 (s, 1 H), 8.60-8.20 (m, 1 H), 7.90 (s, 1 H), 7.68-7.45 (m, 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.66-5.83 (m, 1 H), 5.80-5.50 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.62-4.36 (m, 3H), 4.11-3.92 (m, 1 H), 2.88 (s, 6H), 2.62-2.51 (m, 1 H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 2.44-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.20 (m, 10H), 1.03 (s, 9H), 0.96 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 844.4 (M-H)- 846.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

HN--~
N
"IN N~
O
O
010 A, N N
H v~ OH
O H
O
Compound 4007 Compound 4007:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.27-8.12 (m, 1 H), 8.06-7.97 (m, 1 H), 7.89 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.64 (s, 1 H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.5 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.64 (m, 2H), 5.24-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.01 (m, 1 H), 4.54-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.23-4.08 (m, 1 H), 4.02 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1 H), 4.00-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.70-3.30 (m, under H2O, 1 H), 2.90 (s, 6H), 2.64-2.52 (m, 1 H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.26 (m, 1 H), 2.07-1.96 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.20 (m, 1 OH), 1.24 (br d, J
= 6.5 Hz, 6H), 0.95 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 788.4 (M-H)- 790.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 98 %

H
N -~
N~
p O
O'Jl~ N N
H O H H
O
Compound 4014 Compound 4014:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 8.61 (s, 1 H), 8.33-7.60 (m, 4H), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 6.95 (d, J =
8.4 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.67 (m, 2H), 5.24-5.16 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.03 (m, 1 H), 4.57-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.20-3.88 (m, 3H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.93 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.30 (m, under H2O, I H), 2.65-2.55 (m, 1 H), 2.40-2.28 (m, 1 H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.81-1.21 (m, 1 OH), 1.25 (br d, J =
6.5 Hz, 6H), 0.95 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 791.3 (M-H)" 793.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 86 %

O
HNC
N%< S

O
O
O'k N N \
H OH
O H
O
Compound 4001 Compound 4001:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 5 12.40 (s, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.50-8.20 (m, 1 H), 7.95 (br s, 1 H), 7.72-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.80-5.67 (m, 1 H), 5.67-5.51 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.14 (m, 1 H), 5.12-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.63-4.45 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.36 (m, 1 H), 4.14-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 2.64-2.46 (m, 1 H), 2.45-2.39 (m, 2H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.23 (m, 10H), 1.04 (s, 9H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 831.4 (M-H)- 833.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H2O) : 99 %

O
HN
N%<
N
ie \ S
0):
O
o H \H

Compound 4013 Compound 4013:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.36 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.36-7.96 (m, 1 H), 7.70-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.32 (s, 1 H), 6.94 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.63-5.50 (m, 1 H), 5.23-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.10-5.02 (m, 1 H), 4.58-4.45 (m, 2H), 4.38-4.28 (m, 1 H), 4.12-3.90 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 2.62-2.52 (m, 1 H), 2.37-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.08-1.98 (m, 1 H), 1.77-1.14 (m, 19H), 0.97 (s, 9H).
M.S. (electros pray): 859.4 (M-H)" 861.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 92 %
Compounds from Table 5 HNC
N%<
i0 N S
O
NN N \
H H OH
O ?N"';' Compound 5001 Compound 5001:
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 8.60 (s, 1 H), 8.34-8.19 (m, 1 H), 8.04-7.98 (m; 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 7.91-7.81 (m, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 5.99-5.91 (m, 1 H), 5.90-5.83 (m, 1 H), 5.78-5.66 (m, 2H), 5.25-5.15 (m, 1 H), 5.11-5.04 (m, 1 H), 4.58-4.46 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.07 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 4.03-3.94 (m, 1 H), 3.60-3.15 (m, under H2O, 1 H), 3.05 (d, J = 4.3 Hz, 3H), 2.63-2.55 (m, 1 H), 2.42-2.30 (m, 1 H), 2.35 (m, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.22 (m, 9H), 1.13-1.03 (m, I H), 0.94 (s, 9H). M.S.(electrospray) : 746.3 (M-H)" 748.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

HN\
N %<
S
N

O

N~N N \
H H OH
O H 00( Compound 5002 Compound 5002:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 8:2 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 12.44 (s, 1 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.52-8.25 (m, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 7.70-7.46 (m, 2H), 6.03-5.96 (m, 1 H), 5:90 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 5.79-5.66 (m, 1 H), 5.64-5.54 (m, 1 H), 5.24-5.16 (m, 1 H), 5.11-5.04 (m, 1 H), 4.55-4.43 (m, 2H), 4.19-4.12 (m, 1 H), 4.05-3.94 (m, 1 H), 3.99 (s, 3H), 3.80-3.30 (m, under H2O, 1 H), 2.68-2.54 (m, 1 H), 2.39-2.28 (m, 1 H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.21 (m, 8H), 1.17-1.07 (m, 1 H), 1.06-0.95 (m, 1 H), 0.95 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 774.4 (M-H)- 776.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 99 %

HN\
N,C
i0 N S
O
O
'N'kN N \
H H OH
O H
O
Compound 5004 Compound 5004:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 8 8.60 (s, 1 H), 8.31-8.16 (m, 1 H),. 8.11-8.02 (m, 1 H), 7.97 (s, 1 H), 7.89-7.78 (m, 1 H), 7.75-7.67 (m, 1 H), 6.00-5.92 (m, 1 H), 5.90-5.83 (m, 1 H), 5.80-5.65 (m, 2H), 5.26-5.16 (m, 1 H), 5.11-5.04 (m, 1 H), 4.58-4.46 (m, 2H), 4.11 (d, J =
9.2 Hz, 1 H), 4.05-3.94 (m, 1 H), 4.00 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.15 (m, under H2O, 3H), 2.69-2.54 (m, 1 H), 2.42-2.30 (m, 1 H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.21 (m, 8H), 1.24 (t, J

= 7.0 Hz, 3H), 1.14-1.02 (m, I H), 1.00-0.87 (m, I H), 0.94 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 760.4 (M-H)" 762.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 96 %

Compounds from Table 6 O
H
N
N--< s O N O

O'J~ N N
H O ' OH
O H
O
Compound 6016 Compound 6016:
'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): ca, 85:15 mixture of rotamers, major rotamer description; 6 12.28 (s, 2H); 8.56 (s, 1 H); 8.04 (s, 1 H) 7.79 (s, 1 H); 7.46 (s, 1 H); 6.96 - 7.00 (m, 1 H); 5.68 - 5.75 (m, 1 H); 5.40 (s, br, 1 H); 5.19 (d, J = 17.0 Hz, 1 H); 5.06 (d, J = 10.1 Hz, 1 H); 4.71 - 4.76 (m , 2H); 4.43 (t, J = 8.3, 1 H); 4.32 -4.34 (m, 1 H);
4.13 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H); 3.96 - 4.03 (m, 1 H); 3.77 (s, 3H); 2.67 (s, 3H);
2.40 (d, J =
4.1 Hz, 3H); 2.24 - 2.36 (m, 3H); 2.03 (q, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H); 1.17 - 1.75 (m, 1 OH); 1.04 (s, 9H); 0.98 (s, 9H).
M.S.(electrospray) : 845.4 (M-H)- 847.5 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC
Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 96.7 %

Synthesis of compounds of formula I wherein Rc is NHSO2RS:

Synthesis of Compound 7001:

N .4 NJ\
O/ N S O N S

HATU, DIPEA p o o u p^N
H N p~~s p~H
O O OH NHz p NO S``
H H O O
DMAP, DBU

HATU (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 17A1 (Compound 3004, Table 3; 20 mg, 0.03 mmol) and DIPEA (0.03 mL, 0.16 mmol) in DMF (1.5 ml-) at RT. The solution was stirred for 1 h followed by the addition of DMAP
(16 mg, 0.13 mmol) and cyclopropanesulfonamide (7.0 mg, 0.06 mmol). After addition was complete, the mixture was allowed to stir for 15 min and DBU (0.02 mL, 0.14 mmol) was added dropwise. The resulting solution was stirred for 16 h at 23 C, then diluted with DMSO to 2.5 mL total volume and purified by prep HPLC (H20/CH3CN + 0.06%
TFA). The fractions containing the pure product were combined and the solvents removed by Iyophilization to yield 17A2 as a yellow solid (Compound 7001, table 7, 5.4 mg, 23 %).
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 98.9% (220 nm).
MS: 878.8 (M+H)+, 876.4 (M-H) 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): 6 10.47 (s, 1H);
8.82 (s, 1 H); 8.06 (s, br, 1 H); 7.52 (s, br, 1 H); 7.15 (m, 1 H); 7.03'(d, J
= 8.0 Hz, 1 H);
5.58 (m, 2H); 5.20 (d, J = 17.0 Hz, 1 H); 5.09 (d, J 11.5, 1 H); 4.79 (m, 2H);
4.64 (m, I H); 4.36 - 4.52 (m, 2H); 4.06 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.00 - 4.03 (m, 1 H);
2.88 - 2.96 (m, 1 H); 2.54 - 2.57 (m, 1 H); 2.10 - 2.20 (m, 2H); 1.32 - 1.71 (m, 11 H);
1.24 (dd, J
= 6.3, 1.2 Hz, 6H); 1.00- 1.08 (m, 8 H); 0.97 (s, 9H).

Synthesis of Compound 7002:

H O H O
N N
N={ N---~
N s .O N s I

HATU, DIPEA 0 O
N~ "H2 o`\ do OH N H
H N, OH s O H O 0 DMAP, DBU O H O o 0 Using the procedure of Example 17A but starting with compound 17B1 (Compound 6016, Table 6), compound 17B2 (Compound 7002, Table 7) was prepared as a light yellow solid (5.4 mg, 16% yield).
Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN : H20): 93.1 % (220 nm).
MS: 950.4 (M+H)+, 948.4 (M-H)-. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): b 12.26 (s, 1 H);
10.48 (s, 1 H); 8.83 (s, I H); 8.02 (s, I H); 7.79 (s, 1 H); 7.45 (s, 1 H);
6.94 - 7.00 (m, 1 H); 5.56 - 5.65 (m, 1 H); 5.40 (s, 1 H); 5.19 (d, J = 16.9, 1 H); 5.07 (d, J
= 11.4, 1 H);
4.77 (s, 1 H); 4.33 - 4.42 (m, 2H); 4.11 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1 H); 3.97 (d, J =
9.6, 1 H); 3.76 (s, 3H); 3.76 (s, 3H); 2.88 - 2.96 (m, 1 H); 2.66 (s, 3H); 2.53 - 2.60 (m, 1 H); 2.31 -2.33 (m, 1 H); 2.11 - 2.19 (m, 2H); 1.33 - 1.70 (m, 12H); 1.22 (s, br, 1 H);
1.05 -1.08 (m, 2H); 1.02 (s, 9H); 0.98 (s, 9H).

Synthesis of Compound 7003:

I/}"N IS~-N
io j \ N N iO l \ NN
N
i o i i < O + H2N-S-N ---~ 0 `' `oH N 17C2 aOiN N
ao O O H H O O 'N
S, H O H O N

Compound 17C1 (Compound 1027, Table 1; 35 mg, 0.045 mmol), N,N-dimethylsulfamide 17C2 (22.3 mg, 0.180 mmol) DIPEA (39.3 l, 0.225 mmol) and DMAP (22 mg, 0.180 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (2.5 mL) and to the mixture was added DBU ( 28.5 l, 0.203 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 5 min, then HATU (18.8 mg, 0.05 mmol) was added. Stirring was continued for 12h and the residue was filtered through Millex filter and purified by Prep HPLC
(Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 20 x 50mm). The pure fractions were pooled together and lyophlized to afford 14 mg (yield, 35%) of compound 17C3 (Compound 7003, Table 7) as a yellow solid.
'HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6): 8 10.23 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (s, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J=8Hz, 1 H), 7.59 (s, 1 H), 7.45-7.30 (m, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J=8Hz, 1 H), 5.53-5.49 (m, 2H), 5.20 (d, J=
17Hz, 1 H), 5.10 (d, J=12Hz, 1 H), 4.70 (bs, 1 H), 4.50-4.30 (m, 3H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 2.55 (s,3H), 2.38-2.32 (m,1H), 2.23-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.81 (m, 1 H), 1.75-1.45 (m,4H), 1.32-1.14 (m,9H), 1.04-0.86 (m, 11 H).
EIMS: (M+H) = 885.4, (M-H) = 883.4 NS3-NS4A protease assay The enzymatic assay used to evaluate the present compound is described in WO
00/09543 and WO 00/59929.

Cell Based HCV RNA Replication Assay Cell Culture Huh7 cells that stably maintain a subgenomic HCV replicon were established as previously described (Lohman et al., 1999. Science 285: 110-113) and designated as the S22.3 cell-line. S22.3 cells are maintained in Dulbecco's Modified Earle Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% FBS and 1 mg/mL neomycin (Standard Medium). During the assay, DMEM medium supplemented with 10% FBS, containing 0.5% DMSO and lacking neomycin was used (Assay Medium). 16 hours prior to compound addition, S22.3 cells are trypsinized and diluted to 50 000 cells/mL in Standard Medium. 200 pL (10 000. cells) are distributed into each well of a 96-well plate. The plate was then incubated at 37 C with 5% CO2 until the next day.
Reagents and Materials:
..._........_....... _._ ................... ........
._.................................................. ..._...... .....
W................ _............ ................ ._..._......
...................... .._......
...........__._..._................................... _ ......... _......
................... ............ _........... _.......
Product Company Catalog # Storage DMEM Wisent Inc. 10013CV 4 C
DMSO Sigma D-2650 R.T.

Dulbecco's PBS Gibco-BRL 14190-136 R.T.
Fetal Bovine Serum Bio-Whittaker 14-901 F -20 C/4 C
Neomycin (G418) Gibco-BRL 10131-027 -20 C/4 C
Trypsin-EDTA Gibco-BRL 25300-054 -20 C/4 C
96-well plates Costar 3997 R.T.
PVDF 0.22 pm Filter Unit Millipore SLGV025LS R.T.
Deep-Well Titer Plate Beckman 267007 R.T.
Polypropylene Preparation of Test Compound pL of test compound (in 100% DMSO) was added to 2 mL of Assay Medium for a final DMSO concentration of 0.5% and the solution was sonicated for 15 min and 5 filtered through a 0.22 pM Millipore Filter Unit. 900 pL was transferred into row.A of a Polypropylene Deep-Well Titer Plate. Rows B to H contain 400 pL aliquots of Assay Medium (containing 0.5% DMSO), and are used to prepare serial dilutions (1/2) by transferring 400 pL from row to row (no compound was included in row H).
10 Application.of test compound to cells Cell culture medium was aspirated from the 96-well plate containing the S22.3 cells.
175 pL of assay medium with the appropriate dilution of test compound was transferred from each well of the compound plate to the corresponding well of the cell culture plate (row H was used as the "No inhibition control"). The cell culture plate was incubated at 37 C with 5% CO2for 72 h.
Extraction of Total Cellular RNA
Following the 72 h incubation period, the total cellular RNA was extracted from the S22.3 cells of the 96-well plate using the RNeasy 96 kit (Qiagen , RNeasy Handbook. 1999.). Briefly, assay medium was completely removed from cells and 100 pL of RLT buffer (Qiagen ) containing 143 mM (3-mercaptoethanol was added to each well of the 96-well cell-culture plate. The microplate was gently shaken for 20 sec. 100 pL of 70% ethanol was then added to each microplate well, and mixed by pipetting. The lysate was removed and applied to the wells of a RNeasy 96 (Qiagen ) plate that was placed on top of a Qiagen Square-Well Block. The RNeasy 96 plate was sealed with tape and the Square-Well Block with the RNeasy 96 plate was loaded into the holder and placed in a rotor bucket of a 4K15C
centrifuge. The sample was centrifuged at 6000 rpm (-5600 x g) for 4 min at room temperature. The tape was removed from the plate and 0.8 mL of Buffer RW1 (Qiagen RNeasy 96 kit) was added to each well of the RNeasy 96 plate. The RNeasy 96 plate was sealed with a new piece of tape and centrifuged at 6000 rpm for 4 min at room temperature. The RNeasy 96 plate was placed on top of another clean Square-Well Block, the tape removed and 0.8 mL of Buffer RPE (Qiagen RNeasy 96 kit) was added to each well of the RNeasy 96 plate. The RNeasy 96 plate was sealed with a new piece of tape and centrifuged at 6000 rpm for 4 min at room temperature. The tape was removed and another 0.8 mL of Buffer RPE
(Qiagen RNeasy 96 kit) was added to each well of the RNeasy 96 plate. The RNeasy 96 plate was sealed with a new piece of tape and centrifuged at 6000 rpm for 10 min at room temperature. Tape was removed, the RNeasy 96 plate was placed on top of a rack containing 1.2-mL collection microtubes. The RNA was eluted by adding 50 pL of RNase-free water to each well, sealing plate with a new piece of tape and incubated for I min at room temperature. The plate was then centrifuged at 6000 rpm for 4 min at room temperature. The elution step was repeated with a second volume of 50 pL RNase-free water. The microtubes with total cellular RNA are stored at -70 .
Quantification of Total Cellular RNA
RNA was quantified on the STORM system (Molecular Dynamics ) using the RiboGreen RNA Quantification Kit (Molecular Probes ). Briefly, the RiboGreen reagent was diluted 200-fold in TE (10 mM Tris-HCI pH =7.5, 1 mM EDTA).
Generally, 50 pL of reagent was diluted in 10 mL TE. A Standard Curve of ribosomal RNA was diluted in TE to 2 pg/mL and pre-determined amounts (100, 50, 40, 20, 10, 5, 2 and 0 pL) of the ribosomal RNA solution are then transferred in a new well plate (COSTAR # 3997) and the volume was completed to 100 pL with TE.
Generally, column I of the 96-well plate was used for the standard curve and the other wells are used for the RNA samples to be quantified. 10 pL of each RNA
sample that was to be quantified, was transferred to the corresponding well of the 96-well plate and 90 pL of TE was added. One volume (100 pL) of diluted RiboGreen reagent was added to each well of the 96-well plate and incubated for 2 to 5 minutes at room temperature, protected from light (a 10 L RNA sample in a 200 pL final volume generates a 20X dilution). The fluorescence intensity of each well was measured on the STORM system (Molecular Dynamics ). A standard curve was created on the basis of the known quantities of the ribosomal RNA
and the resulting fluorescent intensities. The RNA concentration in the experimental samples was determined from the standard curve and corrected for the 20X
dilution.
Reagents and Materials:
.............. ................ .......
_..............................................................................
... _..................... ..............
............................................. ---._.........................
........._.......... _................. ............. _........ _........
........ _...__................. .................
Product Company Catalog # Storage DEPC Sigma D5758 4 C
EDTA Sigma E5134 R.T.
Trizma-Base Sigma T8524 R.T.
Trizma-HCI Sigma T7149 R.T.
Collection Tube Strips Qiagen 19562 R.T.
Ribogreen RNA Quantitation Kit Molecular Probe R11490 -20 C
Rneasy 96 Kit Qiagen 74183 R.T.
Square-Well Blocks Qiagen 19573 R.T.
Real-Time R.T.-PCR
The Real-Time R.T.-PCR was performed on the ABI Prism 7700 Sequence Detection System using the TagMan EZ R.T.-PCR Kit from (Perkin-Elmer Applied Biosystems ). R.T.-PCR was optimized for the quantification of the 5' IRES of HCV
RNA by using the Taqman technology (Roche Molecular Diagnostics Systems) similar to the technique previously described (Martell et al., 1999. J. Clin.
Microbiol.
37: 327-332). The system exploits the 5'-3' nucleolytic activity of AmpliTaq DNA
polymerase. Briefly, the method utilizes a dual-labeled fluorogenic hybridization probe (PUTR Probe) that specifically anneals to the template between the PCR
primers (primers 8125 and 7028). The 5' end of the probe contains a fluorescent reporter (6-carboxyfluorescein [FAM]) and the 3' end contains a fluorescent quencher (6-carboxytetramethylrhodamine [TAMRA]). The FAM reporter's emission spectrum was suppressed by the quencher on the intact hybridization probe.
Nuclease degradation of the hybridization probe releases the reporter, resulting in an increase in fluorescence emission. The ABI Prism 7700 sequence detector measures the increase in fluorescence emission continuously during the PCR
amplification such that the amplified product was directly proportion to the signal.

The amplification plot was analysed early in. the reaction at a point that represents the logarithmic phase of product accumulation. A point representing a defined detection threshold of the increase in the fluorescent signal associated with the exponential growth of the PCR product for the sequence detector was defined as the cycle threshold (CT). CT values are inversely proportional to the quantity of input HCV RNA; such that under identical PCR conditions, the larger the starting concentration of HCV RNA, the lower the CT. A standard curve was created automatically by the ABI Prism 7700 detection system by plotting the CT
against each standard dilution of known HCV RNA concentration.
Reference samples for the standard curve are included on each R.T.-PCR plate.
HCV Replicon RNA was synthesized (by T7 transcription) in vitro, purified and quantified by OD260. Considering that 1 pg of this RNA = 2.15 X 10" RNA
copies, dilutions are made in order to have 108, 107, 106, 105, 104, 103 or 102 genomic RNA
copies / 5 pL. Total cellular Huh-7 RNA was also incorporated with each dilution (50 ng / 5 pL). 5 pL of each reference standard (HCV Replicon + Huh-7 RNA) was combined with 45 pL of Reagent Mix, and used in the Real-Time R.T.-PCR
reaction.
The Real-Time R.T.-PCR reaction was set-up for the experimental samples that were purified on RNeasy 96 -well plates by combining 5 pL of each total cellular RNA sample with 45 pL of Reagent Mix.

Reagents and Materials:
..................... ........._......................................
......................... _.... _................................
................ _....................................................
_....................... _.................. _....................
................. ....................... .........._......... ..............
_...................9............
Product COMPANY Catalog # Storage TaqMan EZ R.T.-PCR Kit PE Applied Biosystems N808-0236 -20 C
MicroAmp Optical Caps PE Applied Biosystems N801-0935 R.T.
MicroAmp Optical 96-PE Applied Biosystems N801-0560 R.T.
Well Reaction Plate Reagent Mix preparation:
Volume for Volume for One Plate Final Component one sample (pL) (91 samples +
(pL) Dead Volume) conc.
Rnase-free water 16.5 1617 5X TagMan EZ buffer 10 980 1X
Mn(OAc)2 (25 mM) 6 588 3 mM
dATP (10 mM) 1.5 147 300 pM
dCTP (10 mM) 1.5 147 300 pM
dGTP (10 mM) 1.5 147 300 pM
dUTP (20 mM) 1.5 147 600 pM
Forward Primer (10 pM) 1 98 200 nM
Reverse Primer (10 pM) 1 98 200 nM
PUTR probe (5 pM) 2 196 200 nM
rTth DNA polymerase 2 196 0.1 U/pL
(2.5 U/pL) AmpErase UNG
0.5 49 0.01 U/pL
(1 U/pL) Total Volume 45 4410 Forward Primer Sequence (SEQ ID. 1): 5' - ACG CAG AAA GCG TCT AGC CAT
GGC GTT AGT - 3' Reverse Primer Sequence (SEQ ID NO. 2): 5'- TCC CGG GGC ACT CGC AAG
CACCCTATCAGG-3' Note: Those primers amplify a region of 256-nt present within the 5' untranslated region of HCV.
PUTR Probe Sequence (SEQ ID NO. 3), 6FAM I - TGG TCT GCG GAA CCG
GTG AGT ACA CC - TAM

No Template Controls (NTC): On each plate, 4 wells are used as "NTC". For these controls, 5 pL of water are added to the well in place of RNA.

Thermal Cycling Conditions:
50 C 2 min 60 C 30 min 95 C 5 min 95 C 15 sec 60 C 1 min for 2 cycles 90 C 15 sec 60 C 1 min } for 40 cycles Following the termination of the R.T.-PCR reaction the data analysis requires setting of threshold fluorescence signal for the PCR plate and a standard curve was constructed by plotting the CT value versus RNA copy number used in each reference reaction. The CT values obtained for the assay samples are used to interpolate an RNA copy number based on the standard curve.
Finally, the RNA copy number was normalized (based on the RiboGreen RNA
quantification of the total RNA extracted from the cell culture well) and expressed as genome equivalents / pg of total RNA [g.eJpg).

The RNA copy number [g.e./pg] from each well of the cell culture plate was a measure of the amount of replicating HCV RNA in the presence of various concentrations of inhibitor. The % inhibition was calculated with the following equation:
100 - ((g. e./Ng inh)/(g. e./,ug ctl)x 100].

A non-linear curve fit with the Hill model was applied to the inhibition-concentration data, and the 50% effective concentration (EC50) was calculated by the use of SAS
software (Statistical Software System; SAS Institute, Inc. Cary, N.C.).

When the compounds of this invention are evaluated in the preceding enzymatic and cell based assays, the compounds are found to be highly active.

Specificity assays The specificity assays used to evaluate the selectivity of this compound are described in WO 00/09543.
When the compounds were evaluated in the specificity assays, the compounds of formula 1 were found to be selective in that they do not show significant inhibition (no measurable activity at concentrations up to 30 pM) in the Human Leukocyte Elastase and Cathepsin B assays.

Pharmacokinetic properties The present invention comprises compounds that show pharmacokinetic properties such as detectable plasma levels in the rat at 1 hour and 2 h after an oral dose of 5 mg/kg.
More explicitly, the following assay, an in vivo oral absorption screen, is used to determine plasma levels of test compounds in a rat after oral administration:
Materials and Methods:
1. Method used to pool compounds ("cassette selection"):
The selection of compounds to be pooled into a "cassette" was based on their structural similarity and physicochemical properties. A solid phase extraction method applicable to all the selected compounds was established. Based on the initial testing where each compound was spiked into rat plasma and run through HPLC or HPLC/MS at a concentration of 0.5 pM, the retention time, ionic mass, and the possible separation among compounds by HPLC and/or HPLC/MS were used as basis for pooling 3-4 compounds into one "cassette".

2. Oral vehicle and compound preparation:
Each "cassette" contains 3-4 compounds at 5 or 4 mg/kg for each compound. The cassettes were prepared as an oral suspension in 0.5% aqueous methylcellulose and 0.3% of polyoxyethylene (20) sorbitan monooleate (Tween-80). The dosing volume was 10 mL/kg via oral gavage.

3. Dosing and plasma sampling:
Male Sprague Dawley rats were fasted overnight in individual cages, with access to aqueous 10% dextrose. Two rats were dosed with each "cassette". Plasma samples (-1 mL) were collected at 1 and 2 h post-dosing from the 2 rats and pooled for extraction and analysis.

4. Compound extraction and analysis:
From each cassette, plasma samples at 1 and 2 h, blank plasma, blank plasma spiked with all the compounds at 0.5 pM of each, are extracted by the solid phase extraction method. Samples were analyzed by HPLC and HPLC/MS for comparison purpose. Plasma concentrations are estimated based on the single concentration of 0.5 pM standard.

Results When assayed in the preceding screen, some compounds of this invention are found in the plasma at the 1 hour and 2 hour intervals following oral administration, with blood plasma levels up to 1.5pM.

TABLES OF COMPOUNDS
In the following examples of compounds according to this invention are listed in the Tables 1 to 7, wherein Me defines methyl, Et defines ethyl and tBu defines tert-butyl. Compounds according to this invention usually show IC50 values lower than about 200 nM and EC50 values lower than about 300 nM.
TABLE I

L N--~
L N~ S
O

BON N
H O OH
O H R

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2)+
1001 MeO- MeO- 0 837.3 H
835.3 1002 MeO- MeO- 0 N
H
1003 -' MeO- MeO- 0 849.3 H
1004 -- MeO- MeO- 0 863.4 H

1005 MeO- Me- ~ 831.4 N
H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2)+

1006 MeO- Me- ~ 819.5 N
H
1007 MeO- Me- 0 833.5 -- -1Ni"\
H

1008 - MeO- Me- 0 845.5 H
1009 - Me2N- Me- 0 846.5 H
1010 -- Me2N- Me- 0 858.5 H

1011 -- - Me2N- Me- 790.5 N
H
1012 - Me2N- Me- 816.5 N
H
1013 - MeO- Me- 777.5 H
1014 MeO- Me- 803.5 H

1015 '- MeO- Me- 0 777.5 N
H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(MH+2) 1016 MeO- Me- 763.5 N\
H

1017 MeO- Me- 749.5 N
H
1018 - MeO- Me- 735.4 N HZ

1019 MeO- Me- 0 819.4 N
H
1020 MeO- Et- 0 847.5 H
1021 -- - MeO- Et- 791.4 N
H

1022 MeO- Et- 0 859.5 ,~N~
H
1023 - MeO- Et- 0 791.4 N
H
1024 Me0- Me- o 811.4 H
F

1025 - MeO- Me- / 755.5 N
H
F

Cpd. B L L' R2 mlz (M+H)+
(M H+2)+

1026 -- - MeO- Me- 0 835.4 H

1027 -- - MeO- Me- 779.3 N
H

1028 - MeO- Br- 0 841.3 843.2 H

1029 MeO- Br- 0 911.3 909.3 H

1030 - MeO- Br- 841.3 N 843.3 H

1031 MeO- Br- 0 897.3 899.3 H

1032 -- tBuO- Me- 819.4 N
H

1033 -- - tBuO- Me- 0 819.4 -,N
H
1034 -- - HO- Me- 763.4 N
H
1035 -- - HO- Me- 0 763.3 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 mlz (M+H)+
(MH+2)+

1036 - MeO- Me- 0 791.4 H
1037 MeO- Me- 0 847.5 H
1038 MeO- Me- 791.5 1039 MeO- Me- 859.5 N
H
1040 MeO- Me- 0 805.4 H

1041 MeO- Me- 0 791.4 H
1042 - MeO- Cl 797.4 N
H 799.3 1043 -- MeO- Br 0 855.2 H 857.2 1044 MeO- CI 0 811.3 813.3 H

1045 MeO- CI 865.4 867.4 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 mlz (M+H)+
(M H+2)+
1046 MeO- Me- 0 821.4 6 NO

H
1047 -- - MeO- Me- 0 793.4 N O
H
1048 -- - MeO- CI 0 825.3 827.3 H

1049 - MeO- Br 0 885.3 N O 887.3 H

1050 MeO- CI N o 0~ 841.3 843.3 H

1051 MeO- F 0 795.3 H
1052 -' - MeO- F 781.3 H
1053 -- - MeO- CI 0 813.2 N O 815.2 H

1054 -- - MeO- Br 0II 857.2 N11 0 859.2 H

1055 MeO- Br 0 869 N 871.1 Cpd. B L L' RZ m/z (M+H)+ ' (M H+2)+

1056 MeO- Br Q 869 871.1 H

1057 -- - HO Me 0 819.2 H
1058 HO Me 0 831.2 H
1059 H Br 867 H

1060 -- - H Br 0 879 H

1061 -- - H Br o 825 H

1062 H Br 811 H

1063 F Me o 821.3 H
1064 MeO- Br e 883.2 CF3 N'v 885.2 H

1065 b MeO- Br e 869.3 Wj 871.3 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 mIz (M+H)+
(MH+2)+

1066 MeO- Br oo 815.2 817.2 H

1067 MeO- Br 843.3 N 845.3 H

1068 0---o MeO- Br 955.3 W'~ 957.3 H

1069 CF3~ - - MeO- Br o 937.3 939.3 H

1070 MeO- Br o 869.3 N~ 871.3 H

1071 MeO- Br ~ 897.3 '~H 899.3 1072 0^o MeO- Br 0 ~ 931.3 N o 933.3 H

1073 oF3~/~. MeO- Br 913.2 N 1,0)~, 915.2 H

1074 MeO- Br ~ ~ 899.3 N o 901.3 H

1075 MeO- Br 0 ~ 845.2 N 847.2 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(MH+2)+

1076 MeO- Br NkO~ $73.3 H 75.3 1077 00 MeO- Br 887.2 889.2 H

1078 MeO- Br 855.2 N 857.2 H

1079 ~ MeO- Br ~ 801.2 N 803.2 H

1080 MeO Br 829.2 831.2 H

1081 0~0 MeO Br 0 901.3 H- 903.3 1082 H Cl 0823.3 825.3 H

1083 H Cl 0 835.3 837.3 H

1084 H Cl ~ 781.2 N 783.2 H

1085 H Cl 767.2 N 769.2 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(MH+2)+

1086 H CI 0 795.2 N 797.2 H

1087 H Cl o 795.2 N 797.2 H

1088 H Cl 0 ~ 811.2 N o 813.2 H

1089 H Cl 0 783.2 N O
H

1090 EtO- Br ~ 869.2 N 871.2 H

1091 EtO- Br O 883.2 N 885.2 1092 EtO- Br 855.2 N 857.2 H

1093 EtO- Br o 899.2 901.2 H O

1094 Pro- Br ~ 883,2 N- 885.2 H

1095 PrO- Br 0 897.2 N 899.2 H

1096 PrO- Br 869.2 N 871.2 H

Cpd. B L LiiIL R2 mlz (M+H)+
(MH+2)+
1097 PrO- Br o 913.2, N J10 915.2 H

1098 H Br o[ 811 ca,. N~ 813 H

1099 CF3 MeO- Br 869.2 871.1 H

1100 MeO- Cl 0 825.2 N 827.2 ll-r H

1101 EtO- Me 0 791.2 N
H
1102 EtO- Me o 805.2 H

1103 EtO- Me 791.2 H

1104 EtO- Me o 835.3 H

1105 MeO- CN 786.2 H

1106 Br MeO- 841.2 843.2 H

1107 MeO- CN 800.2 N
H

Cpd. B L L1 R2 m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2)+
1108 FMeO- Br 819.1 N 821.1 H

1109 MeO Br 833.1 N 835.2 H

1110 MeO- Br 843.2 N 845.2 H

1111 MeO- Br / 815.2 N 817.2 H

1112 MeO- Br 843.2 N 845.2 H

1113 F MeO- Br 833.1 N 835.1 H

1114 F ~/~ , MeO Br 847.2 N 849.2 H

1115 O MeO- Br 857.2 N 859.2 H

1116 -~, MeO Br 829.2 N 831.2 H

1117 MeO Br 857.2 N-"/ 859.2 H

1118 F MeO Br 0 863.2 N0 865.2 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2)+

1119 F~ > MeO' Br 0 877.2 879.2 H

1120 MeO Br 0 887.2 0 889.2 0= H

1121 /~. MeO Br 0 859.2 N 'to 861.2 H

1122 MeO Br 0 887.2 o J 889.2 N
H

1123 MeO CN 0 842.2 H

1124 MeO CN 786.2 H

1125 MeO- Cl 1 775.4 777.3 H

1126 CF3 MeO- Cl 1 825.4 N 827.4 H

1127 MeO Cl 757.4 N 759.4 H

1128 MeO Cl I 785.4 N 787.4 H

1129 MeO Cl 799.3 H 801.3 H
O

Cpd. B L0 L' RZ m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2) 1130 ~~ - MeO CI 771.3 773.3 H

1131 F MeO CI 789.3 N 791.3 H

1132 MeO CI 799.5 H 801.4 1133 MeO CI 789.4 791.4 H

1134 CF3-, - - MeO CI 839.4 841.4 H

1135 MeO CI 771.4 773.4 H

1136 MeO Cl 799.4 801.4 H

1137 MeO Cl 813.3 815.3 H
H

1138 ~~ - MeO CI 785.3 787.3 H

1139 FMeO CI 803.3 '1~ . 805.3 H

1140 MeO CI 813.5 815.4 Cpd. B L L' R2 mlz (M+H)+
(M H+2)+

1141 MeO Cl 819.4 821.4 H

1142 MeO Cl 869.4 871.4 H

1143 MeO Cl I 801.4 N0 803.4 H

1144 MeO Cl 829.5 ~O)-, 831.5 H

1145 MeO Cl 843.4 H .845.3 1146 ~~ . MeO Cl 815.3 817.3 H

1147 FMeO Cl 833.3 koL, 835.3 H

1148 MeO Cl 0 843.5 845.5 H

1149 MeO Cl 803.2 805.2 H

1150 0 3N/~ . MeO Cl 853.2 N 855.2 H

Cpd. B L0 L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(MH+2)+

1151 MeO CI 0 785.2 N
1152 MeO CI 0 813.3 N
H

1153 MeO CI 0 817.2 N
H
1154 cF3-,,,-., MeO Br 0 897.3 N 899.2 H

1155 MeO Br 0 829.2 N 831.2 H , 1156 MeO Br 0 847.3 N 849.2 H

1157 H -SMe 0 835.4 H

1158 H -SMe 0 847.4 N
H
1159 H -SMe 0 79.3.

H

1160 H -SMe 779.3 N
H
1161 H -SMe 807.3 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 mlz (M+H)+
(M H+2) 1162 H -SMe 0 807.3 N
H
823.3 1163 H -SMe ko N H

1164 H -CF3 801.4 N
H
1165 H -CF3 0 845.4 H

1166 H -CF3 0 815.4 N
H

1167 Cl Cl 0 801.3 803.3 H
805.3 1168 CI CI 0 857.2 '~N
H

1169 Cl Cl 801.3 N
H
1170 CI Cl 0 815.3 N" - 817.3 H
819.3 1171 H -SO2Me 811.3 N
H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2)+

1172 H -SO2Me 839.3 N
H

1173 H Me- 0 747.3 N
H
1174 H Me- 761.4 H

1175 H Me- 803.4 N~~
H

1176 H Me- 747.4 Nj H

1177 H Me- 775.4 N
H

1178, H Me- IL, 791.4 N o H

55.3 1179 H -SOZMe J~O", N H

1180 H -SOZMe 825.2 H

763.4 1181 H -OMe '"
N
H

L' N-C

O
O
BNN N
H H O OH

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
# (MH+2)+
2001 MeO- Me- 0 832.6 H

2002 -- - MeO- Me- 776.5 H
2003 MeO- Me- 734.4 2004 -- MeO- Me- 748.5 N
H

2005 MeO- Me- 762.5 N
H
2006 MeO- Me- 802.5 H
2007 -- - MeO- Me- 0 776.4 N
H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
# (M H+2)+

2008 MeO- Me- 0 844.5 H
2009 -- ' MeO- Me- 733.4 2010 MeO- Me- 747.4 2011 MeO- Me- 761.4 2012 MeO- Me- 0 846.5 H

2013 -' - MeO- Me- 0 764.4 N
H

2014 MeO- Me- 0 832.5 H
2015 -- ' MeO- Me- 0 790.4 N
H
2016 MeO- Me- 0 858.5 H
2017 MeO- Br- O 854.3 ~e II
856.3 H

Cpd. B L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2)+

2018 MeO- Me- 0 792.4 N
H
2019 MeO- Me ~ 876.5 H
2020 MeO- Me' ~ 890.5 N
H

i--Wl N~

O
O
B\O~N N
OH
H O O N'-4R
H
Cpd. # B W' W2 R2 m/z (M+H)+
(M H+2)+

3001 -0- -0- 777.6 ~
H
3002 -- - -0- -0- 0 833.6 H
3003 -CH2- -O- 0 775.4 N
H

3004 -CH2- -O- 775.4 H
3005 -CH2- -0- 801.4 H
3006 -CH2- -0- 747.3 N
H

3007 -- - -CH2- -0- 733.3 Cpd. # B W' W2 R2 m/z (M+H)+
(MH+2)+

3008 -- - -CH2- -0- 0 831.5 N
H
3009 -CH2- -0- 761.5 H
3010 -CH2- -0- 0 843.3 H

3011 -CH2- -CH2- 0 801.5 N
H
3012 -CH2- -CH2- 745.4 N
H
3013 -CH2- -CH2- Q 773.4 N
H

N~
L N S
L2 i i O
OII
BON N
H O \~ OH
O H R O

Cpd. B L L2 R2 m/z (M+H)+
# (MH+2)+
4001 MeO- Me- 0 833.5 N
H
4002 -' - MeO- Me- 777.5 N
H

4003 MeO- Me- o 845.5 H
4004 - MeO- Me- 803.5 WO
H

4005 Me2N- Me- ~ 846.5 N
H

4006 Me2N- Me- '~ 858.5 N j 4007 -' - Me2N- Me- 790.5 N
H

Cpd. B L L2 R2 mlz (M+H)+
# (M H+2)+
4008 Me2N- Me- 816.5 N
H

4009 - MeO- Me- 0 777.4 N
H
4010 MeO- Me- 749.4 H
4011 MeO- Me- 763.4 N
H

4012 -- MeO- MeO- 0 793.3 H
4013 MeO- MeO- 0 861.4 H
4014 -- - MeO- MeO- 793.4 N
H

4015 MeO- MeO- 0 849.4 = ~N
H
4016 - Me- MeO- 0 777.4 H

4017 - Me- MeO- 777.5 N
H

,,R2 N%K
L p N S
I ~ .

O
O
B", NN N
H H O OH
O H R O

Cpd. B L L2 R2 m/z (M+H)+
# (M H+2)+
5001 MeO- Me- 748.4 N
H
5002 -- MeO- Me- 0 776 N
H

5003 MeO- Me- o 832.5 H
5004 MeO- Me- 762 N
H
5005 -- MeO- Me- 776.5 N
H
5006 MeO- Me- 802.5 N
H
5007 MeO- Me- 0 844.5 H

L N-C
L N~ S

i i O
B\ ~ 0 N

O H R O

Cpd. B L2 L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
# (M H+2)+
6001 MeO- H Me 777.3 N
H
6002 MeO- H Me O 833.4 H

6003 MeO- H Me 0 791.3 H
6004 MeO- H Me 0 777.2 N
H
6005 Me H Br 0 839.2 H 841.2 6006 Me H Br O 881.2 H 883.2 6007 Me H Br 0 853.2 855.2 H

Cpd. B L2 L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
# (M H+2)+

6008 -- - Me H Br 0 869.2 N
H 871.2 6009 Me H Br ~ 893.2 H 895.2 6010 Me H Br 0 853.2 ~N" v \
H 855.2 6011 Me H Me 0 775.3 H

6012 Me H Me 0 817.3 H
6013 - Me H Me 0 761.3 N
H
6014 Me H Me 761.4 N
H
6015 Me MeO- Me 0 859.5 H
6016 Me MeO- Me 0 847.5 H

6017 Br H Br 0 905.2 H

Cpd. B L2 L L' R2 m/z (M+H)+
# (M H+2)+

6018 Br H Br O 919.2 N
6019 Br H CI O 861.2 H
6020 Br H CI O 875.2 N
H

R
B'~ O

O "'f 1-1 -H O N\

H
O
Cpd. B R4 Rs mlz (M+H)+
# (M H+2)+

HN'J~l 7001 O N\ s 878.8 N=l-14 7002 ,o I N~ s 950.4 V
V
N_<
N
7003 .~ I N s 885.4 O

SEQUENCE LISTING

<110> BOEHRINGER INGELHEIM INTERNATIONAL GmbH
<120> HEPATITIS C INHIBITOR COMPOUNDS

<130> 13/119 WO
<140> 60/472709 <141> 2003-05-21 <160> 3 <170> FastSEQ for Windows Version 4.0 <210> 1 <211> 30 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> Forward Primer <400> 1 acgcagaaag cgtctagcca tggcgttagt 30 <210> 2 <211> 30 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> Reverse Primer <400> 2 tcccggggca ctcgcaagca ccctatcagg 30 <210> 3 <211> 26 <212> DNA
<213> Artificial Sequence <220>
<223> PUTR probe <400> 3 tggtctgcgg aaccggtgag tacacc 26

Claims (59)

1. A compound of formula (I) or a racemate, diastereoisomer or optical isomer thereof:

wherein B is (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, or (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and O-(C1-4)alkyl; and c) wherein each of said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with halogen; and d) wherein each of said cycloalkyl groups being 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered having optionally one (for the 4-, 5, 6, or 7-membered) or two (for the 5-, 6- or 7-membered) -CH2-groups not directly linked to each other replaced by -0- such that the 0-atom is linked to the group X via at least two C-atoms;
X is O or NH;
R3 is (C2-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-4)alkyl;
L0 is H, halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, -OH, -O-(C1-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl or -N((C1-4)alkyl)2;
L1, L2 are each independently halogen, cyano, (C1-4)alkyl, -O-(C1-4)alkyl, -S-(C1-4)alkyl, -SO-(C1-4)alkyl, or -SO2-(C1-4)alkyl, wherein each of said alkyl groups is optionally substituted with from one to three halogen atoms; and either L1 or L2 (but not both at the same time) may also be H; or L0 and L1 or L0 and L2 may be covalently bonded to form, together with the two C-atoms to which they are linked, a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring wherein one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced each independently by -O- or NR a wherein R a is H or (C1-4)alkyl, and wherein said carbo- or heterocyclic ring is optionally mono- or di-substituted with (C1-4)alkyl;
R2 is R20, -NR22COR20, -NR22COOR20, -NR22R21 or -NR22CONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl;
R21 is H or R20 as defined above, R22 and R21 are independently selected from H and methyl, R1 is ethyl or vinyl;
R c is hydroxy or NHSO2R s wherein R s is (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-6)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyridinyl, (C1-4)alkyl-phenyl, (C1-4)alkyl-naphthyl or (C1-4)alkyl-pyridinyl; each of which optionally being mono-, di-or tri-substituted with substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, cyano, (C1-4)alkyl, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl and -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, wherein (C1-4)alkyl and O-(C1-6)alkyl are optionally substituted with one to three halogen atoms; and each of which optionally being monosubstituted with nitro;
or R s is -N(R N2)R N1, wherein R N1 and R N2 are independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-6)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl and (C1-6)alkyl-aryl; wherein said (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-6)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl and (C1-6)alkyl-aryl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl; or R N2 and R N1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, each of which optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and O, and each of which being optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein B is (C1-10)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, or (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and O-(C1-4)alkyl; and c) wherein all said alkyl-groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with halogen; and d) wherein all said cycloalkyl-groups being 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-membered having optionally one (for the 4-, 5, 6, or 7-membered) or two (for the 5-, 6- or 7-membered) -CH2-groups not directly linked to each other replaced by -O- such that the O-atom is linked to the group X
via at least two C-atoms;
X is O or NH;
R3 is (C2-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-4)alkyl;
L0 is H, -OH, -O-(C1-4a)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl or -N((C1-4)alkyl)2;
L1, L2 are each independently halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, -O-(C1-4)alkyl or -S-(C1-4)alkyl, -SO-(C1-4)alkyl, or -SO2-(C1-4)alkyl; and either L1 or L2 (but not both at the same time) may also be H; or L0 and L1 or L0 and L2 may be covalently bonded to form, together with the two C-atoms to which they are linked, a 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic ring wherein one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced each independently by -O- or NR a wherein R a is H or (C1-4)alkyl, and wherein said carbo- or heterocyclic ring is optionally mono- or di-substituted with (C1-4)a1kyl;
R2 is R20, -NR22 COR20, -NR22COOR20, -NR22R21 and -NR12CONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C1-4)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl;
R21 is H or R20 as defined above, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H and methyl, R1 is ethyl or vinyl;
R c is hydroxy or NHSO2R s wherein R s is (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-6)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyridinyl, (C1-4)alkyl-phenyl, (C1-4)alkyl-naphthyl or (C1-4)alkyl-pyridinyl; all of which optionally being mono-, di- or tri-substituted with substituents selected from halogen, hydroxy, cyano, (C1-4)alkyl, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl and -N((C1-4)alkyl)2; and all of which optionally being monosubstituted with nitro;
or R s can be further selected from: -NH(C1-6)alkyl, N((C1-6)alkyl)2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is selected from (C2-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and O-(C1-4)alkyl; and c) wherein each of said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with fluorine or mono-substituted with chlorine or bromine; and d) wherein in each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or 7-membered, one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced by -O- such that the O-atom is linked to the group X via at least two C-atoms.
4. The compound according to claim 3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saft thereof, wherein B is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl, and a group selected from:

5. The compound according to claim 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl, 2-fluoroethyl or 3-fluoropropyl.
6. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is O.
7. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein X is NH.
8. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is (C2-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, each of which being optionally substituted with 1 to substituents selected from (C1-4)alkyl.
9. The compound according to claim 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R3 is selected from 1,1-dimethylethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl.
10. The compound according to any one of claims 1 and 3 to 9, or a pharma-ceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L0 is selected from H, halogen, CH3, -OH, -OCH3, -OC2H5, -OC3H7, -OCH(CH3)2, -NHCH3, -NHC2H5, -NHC3H7, -NHCH(CH3)2, -N(CH3)2, -N(CH3)C2H5, -N(CH3)C3H7 and -N(CH3)CH(CH3)2.
11. The compound according to claim 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L0 is selected from H, -OH, -OCH3, halogen and -N(CH3)2.
12. The compound according to claim 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L0 is selected from H, -OH or -OCH3.
13. The compound according to any one of claims 1 and 3 to 12, or a pharma-ceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L1 and L2 are each independently selected from: halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -OC2H5, -OC3H7, -OCH(CH3)2, CF3, -SMe, -SOMe, and SO2Me whereby either L1 or L2 may be H.
14. The compound according to claim 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein either one of L1 and L2 is -CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me and the other of L1 and L2 is H.
15. The compound according to claim 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L1 is CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me and L2 is H.
16. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L0 is selected from H and -OCH3; L1 is CH3, -Cl or -Br and L2 is H.
17. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L0 and L1 are covalently bonded to form, together with the quinoline residue to which they are linked, a ring system which is selected from:

wherein each R b is independently (C1-4)alkyl and L2 is defined as in claim 1.
18. The compound according to claim 17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein L2 is H or methyl.
19. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is R20, -NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20, -NHR21 or -NHCONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, and (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and R21 is H or R20 as defined above; and R23 is H or methyl.
20. The compound according to claim 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R2 is -NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20, or -NHR21.
21. The compound according to claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein e and R21 are independently selected from: methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, tert-butyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, each of said cycloalkyl or alkyl-cycloalkyl groups optionally being mono- or di-substituted with methyl or ethyl.
22. The compound according to claim 21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saft thereof, wherein R20 and R21 are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclopentylmethyl.
23. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 22, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R1 is vinyl.
24. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R c is hydroxy, NHSO2-methyl, NHSO2-ethyl, NHSO2-(1-methyl)ethyl, NHSO2-propyl, NHSO2-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-CH2-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-cyclobutyl, NHSO2-cyclopentyl or NHSO2-phenyl.
25. The compound according to claim 24, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R c is hydroxy.
26. The compound according to claim 24, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R c is NHSO2-cyclopropyl.
27. The compound according to any one of claims 1 and 3 to 23, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R c is NHSO2N(R N2)R N1, wherein R N1 and R N2 are independently selected from H, (C1-4)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, phenyl, and (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl;
wherein said (C1-4)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, phenyl and (C1-3)alkyl-phenyl are optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl; or R N2 and R N1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 5 or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle which may be saturated or unsaturated, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from halogen, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl.
28. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is (C2-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, a) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di-or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and b) wherein said alkyl, cycloalkyl, and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono- or di-substituted with substituents selected from hydroxy and O-(C1-4)alkyl; and c) wherein each of said alkyl groups may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with fluorine or mono-substituted with chlorine or bromine; and d) wherein in each of said cycloalkyl groups being 5-, 6- or 7-membered, one or two -CH2-groups not being directly linked to each other may be replaced by -O- such that the O-atom is linked to the group X via at least two C-atoms;
X is O or NH;
R3 is (C2-6)alkyl or (C3-7)cycloalkyl, both of which being optionally substituted with 1 to 3 substituents selected from (C1-4)alkyl;
L0 is H, -OH, -OCH3, halogen or -N(CH3)2;
L1 and L2 are each independently selected from: halogen, -CH3, -C2H5, -OCH3, -OC2H5, -OC3H7, -OCH(CH3)2, CF3, -SMe, -SOMe, and SO2Me, whereby either L1 or L2 may be H;
R2 is R20, -NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20, -NHR21 and -NHCONR21R23, wherein R20 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C1-3)alkyl-(C3-7)cycloalkyl, wherein said cycloalkyl and alkyl-cycloalkyl may be mono-, di- or tri-substituted with (C1-3)alkyl; and R21 is H or R20 as defined above; and R23 is H or methyl;
R1 is ethyl or vinyl; and R c is hydroxy, NHSO2-methyl, NHSO2-ethyl, NHSO2-(1-methyl)ethyl, NHSO2-propyl, NHS02-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-CH2-cyclopropyl, NHSO2-cyclobutyl, NHSO2-cyclopentyl or NHSO2-phenyl.
29. The compound according to claim 28, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is selected from: ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1,2,2-trimethylpropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 3-fluoropropyl, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl, and a group selected from:

R3 is selected from 1,1-dimethylethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and 1-methylcyclohexyl; L0 is H, -OH or-OCH3; L1 is CH3, -F, -Cl, -Br, -OMe, -SMe, or -SO2Me; L2 is H;
R2 is -NHCOR20, -NHCOOR20 or -NHR21, wherein R20 and R21 are independently selected from methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclopentylmethyl;
R1 is vinyl; and R c is hydroxy or NHSO2-cyclopropyl.
30. The compound according to claim 29, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein B is selected from ethyl, n-propyl, tert-butyl, cyclopentyl, 1-methylcyclopentyl, 2-fluoroethyl and 3-fluoropropyl; R3 is selected from 1,1-dimethylethyl and cyclohexyl; L0 is H or -OCH3; L1 is -CH3, -Cl, or -Br;

is H; and R c is hydroxy.
31. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the formula wherein B, L0, L1 and R2 are defined as in the table below
32. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the formula wherein B, L0, L1 and R2 are defined as in the table below
33. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the formula wherein B, W1, W2 and R2 are defined as in the table below
34. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the formula wherein B, L0, L2 and R2 are defined as in the table below
35. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the formula wherein B, L0, L2 and R2 are defined as in the table below
36. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the formula wherein B, L0, L1, L2 and R2 are defined as in the table below
37. The compound according to claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, of the formula wherein B, R Q and R s are defined as in the table below
38. A compound according to the formula:

wherein B. L0, L1 and R2 are defined as in the table below:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
39. A compound according to the formula:

wherein B, L0, L1 and R2 are defined as in the table below:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
40. A compound according to the formula:
wherein B, L0, L1 and R2 are defined as in the table below:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
41. A compound according to the formula:

wherein B, L0, L1 and R2 are defined as in the table below:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
42. A compound according to the formula:
wherein B, L0, L1 and R 2 are defined as in the table below:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
43. A compound according to the formula:

wherein B, L0, L1 and R2 are defined as in the table below or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
44. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1 to 43 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier medium or auxiliary agent.
45. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 44 further comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one other antiviral agent.
46. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 45, wherein said antiviral agent is ribavirin.
47. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 45, wherein said antiviral agent is selected from another anti-HCV agent, HIV inhibitor, HAV inhibitor and HBV inhibitor.
48. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 47, wherein said other anti-HCV agent is selected from immunomodulatory agents, other inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, inhibitors of HCV polymerase and inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle.
49. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 48, wherein said immunomodulatory agent is selected from a-interferon and pegylated a-interferon.
50. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 48, wherein said inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle is selected from inhibitors of:
helicase, NS2/3 protease and internal ribosome entry site (IRES).
51. Use of a compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1 to 43, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a hepatitis C viral infection.
52. Use of a compound of formula I according to any one of claims 1 to 43, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in combination with at least one other antiviral agent for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a hepatitis C viral infection.
53. The use according to claim 52, wherein said other antiviral agent is ribavirin.
54. The use according to claim 52, wherein said other antiviral agent is selected from another anti-HCV agent, HIV inhibitor, HAV inhibitor and HBV inhibitor.
55. The use according to claim 54, wherein said other anti-HCV agent is selected from immunomodulatory agents, other inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, inhibitors of HCV polymerase and inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle.
56. The use according to claim 55, wherein said immunomodulatory agent is selected from .alpha.-interferon and pegylated .alpha.-interferon.
57. The use according to claim 55, wherein said inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle is selected from inhibitors of: helicase, NS2/3 protease and internal ribosome entry site (IRES).
58. Use of the compound of formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 43, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a medicament to inhibit the replication of hepatitis C virus.
59. An article of manufacture comprising packaging material contained within which is a composition effective to treat an HCV infection or to inhibit the NS3 protease of HCV and the packaging material comprises a label which indicates that the composition can be used to treat infection by the hepatitis C virus, and wherein said composition comprises a compound of formula (I) according to any one of claims 1 to 43 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
CA2522577A 2003-05-21 2004-05-19 Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds Expired - Fee Related CA2522577C (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US47270903P 2003-05-21 2003-05-21
US60/472,709 2003-05-21
PCT/CA2004/000750 WO2004103996A1 (en) 2003-05-21 2004-05-19 Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CA2522577A1 CA2522577A1 (en) 2004-12-02
CA2522577C true CA2522577C (en) 2011-04-26

Family

ID=33476973

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CA2522577A Expired - Fee Related CA2522577C (en) 2003-05-21 2004-05-19 Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds

Country Status (33)

Country Link
US (5) US7585845B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1654261B1 (en)
JP (2) JP4447603B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101115294B1 (en)
CN (3) CN1791599A (en)
AT (1) ATE378334T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2004240704B9 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0410456B8 (en)
CA (1) CA2522577C (en)
CL (1) CL2004001161A1 (en)
CO (1) CO5630024A2 (en)
CY (1) CY1107200T1 (en)
DE (1) DE602004010137T2 (en)
DK (1) DK1654261T3 (en)
EA (1) EA009295B1 (en)
EC (1) ECSP056181A (en)
ES (1) ES2297424T3 (en)
HR (1) HRP20080014T3 (en)
IL (1) IL172013A (en)
ME (1) MEP58308A (en)
MX (1) MXPA05012545A (en)
MY (1) MY143076A (en)
NO (1) NO332056B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ544076A (en)
PE (1) PE20050204A1 (en)
PL (1) PL1654261T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1654261E (en)
RS (1) RS51294B (en)
TW (1) TWI327145B (en)
UA (1) UA83046C2 (en)
UY (1) UY28323A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004103996A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200508201B (en)

Families Citing this family (165)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
HU227742B1 (en) 1996-10-18 2012-02-28 Vertex Pharma Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
SV2003000617A (en) 2000-08-31 2003-01-13 Lilly Co Eli INHIBITORS OF PROTEASA PEPTIDOMIMETICA REF. X-14912M
US7119072B2 (en) * 2002-01-30 2006-10-10 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis C virus
MY140680A (en) 2002-05-20 2010-01-15 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US20050075279A1 (en) * 2002-10-25 2005-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis C virus
US7176208B2 (en) 2003-04-18 2007-02-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinoxalinyl macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
JP4447603B2 (en) 2003-05-21 2010-04-07 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Hepatitis C inhibitor compound
AR045596A1 (en) 2003-09-05 2005-11-02 Vertex Pharma INHIBITORS OF SERINE PROTEASES IN PARTICULAR HCV PROTEASA NS3-NS4A
UY28525A1 (en) * 2003-09-22 2005-04-29 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ACTIVE MACROCICLIC PEPTIDES AGAINST HEPATITIS C VIRUSES
CA2541634A1 (en) * 2003-10-10 2005-04-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hcv ns3-ns4a protease
US7132504B2 (en) * 2003-11-12 2006-11-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP1730167B1 (en) * 2004-01-21 2011-01-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
ES2336009T3 (en) 2004-01-30 2010-04-07 Medivir Ab INHIBITORS OF THE NS-3 SERINA PROTEASA HCV.
NZ549079A (en) 2004-02-20 2010-08-27 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Viral polymerase inhibitors
AU2005224092A1 (en) 2004-03-15 2005-09-29 Boehringer Ingelheim International, Gmbh Process for preparing macrocyclic dipeptides which are suitable for the treatment of hepatitis C viral infections
EP1753775B1 (en) 2004-05-25 2012-12-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Process for preparing acyclic hcv protease inhibitors
US7705146B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2010-04-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogs
CA2573346C (en) 2004-07-20 2011-09-20 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
UY29016A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ANALOGS OF INHIBITING DIPEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C
KR20130083938A (en) * 2004-10-01 2013-07-23 버텍스 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 Hcv ns3-ns4a protease inhibition
TW201424733A (en) 2004-10-29 2014-07-01 Vertex Pharma Dose forms
US7323447B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2008-01-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
CA2600367C (en) * 2005-03-08 2014-08-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Process for preparing macrocyclic compounds
WO2006119061A2 (en) 2005-05-02 2006-11-09 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
US7592336B2 (en) 2005-05-10 2009-09-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
TWI449711B (en) * 2005-06-30 2014-08-21 Virobay Inc Hcv inhibitors
US7608592B2 (en) * 2005-06-30 2009-10-27 Virobay, Inc. HCV inhibitors
US7601686B2 (en) 2005-07-11 2009-10-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
TWI389908B (en) 2005-07-14 2013-03-21 Gilead Sciences Inc Antiviral compounds
US7470664B2 (en) * 2005-07-20 2008-12-30 Merck & Co., Inc. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
PE20070211A1 (en) 2005-07-29 2007-05-12 Medivir Ab MACROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
EP1913016B1 (en) 2005-08-01 2013-01-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Macrocyclic peptides as hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
EP2256113A1 (en) * 2005-08-02 2010-12-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
US8076365B2 (en) 2005-08-12 2011-12-13 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7964624B1 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-06-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
AR055395A1 (en) * 2005-08-26 2007-08-22 Vertex Pharma INHIBITING COMPOUNDS OF THE ACTIVITY OF SERINA PROTEASA NS3-NS4A OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
US7772183B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7741281B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2010-06-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
JP5700910B2 (en) * 2005-11-03 2015-04-15 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Process for the preparation of substituted anisidines
US7642381B2 (en) * 2006-01-25 2010-01-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Two step process for preparing substituted anisidines
US7816348B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2010-10-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
CA2643688A1 (en) 2006-02-27 2007-08-30 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Co-crystals and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
EP1993994A2 (en) * 2006-03-16 2008-11-26 Vertex Pharmceuticals Incorporated Deuterated hepatitis c protease inhibitors
GB0609492D0 (en) 2006-05-15 2006-06-21 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
GB0612423D0 (en) 2006-06-23 2006-08-02 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic agents
US7935670B2 (en) 2006-07-11 2011-05-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
ES2448494T3 (en) 2006-07-13 2014-03-14 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as viral replication inhibitors
US7718612B2 (en) * 2007-08-02 2010-05-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyridazinonyl macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
EP1886685A1 (en) 2006-08-11 2008-02-13 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods, uses and compositions for modulating replication of hcv through the farnesoid x receptor (fxr) activation or inhibition
CN101506167A (en) 2006-08-17 2009-08-12 贝林格尔.英格海姆国际有限公司 Viral polymerase inhibitors
CN101583372A (en) * 2006-10-24 2009-11-18 默克公司 HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
CA2667165A1 (en) 2006-10-24 2008-05-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
WO2008051475A2 (en) 2006-10-24 2008-05-02 Merck & Co., Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
ES2444575T3 (en) 2006-10-27 2014-02-25 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
AU2007318165B2 (en) 2006-10-27 2011-11-17 Msd Italia S.R.L. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
US8343477B2 (en) 2006-11-01 2013-01-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
US7772180B2 (en) 2006-11-09 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8003604B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2011-08-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7763584B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2010-07-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2008070358A2 (en) * 2006-11-16 2008-06-12 Phenomix Corporation N-cyclopropyl-hydroxyproline-based tripeptidic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors containing an isoindole, pyrrolopyridine, pyrrolopyrimidine or pyrrolopyrazine heterocycle in the side chain
US7888464B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
GB0625349D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
US8101595B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2012-01-24 Istituto di Ricerche di Biologia Molecolare P. Angletti SpA Antiviral indoles
GB0625345D0 (en) 2006-12-20 2007-01-31 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Therapeutic compounds
CA2679377A1 (en) 2007-02-26 2008-09-04 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tertiary amine substituted peptides useful as inhibitors of hcv replication
GEP20125645B (en) * 2007-02-27 2012-09-25 Vertex Pharma Co-crystals and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same
MX2009009176A (en) * 2007-02-27 2009-09-28 Vertex Pharma Inhibitors of serine proteases.
JP5465667B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-04-09 ギリアード サイエンシーズ, インコーポレイテッド Antiviral compounds
EP2162431B1 (en) 2007-06-29 2017-06-07 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
CN101754970B (en) 2007-07-17 2013-07-10 P.安杰莱蒂分子生物学研究所 Macrocyclic indole derivatives for the treatment of hepatitis c infections
JP5433573B2 (en) 2007-07-19 2014-03-05 イステイチユート・デイ・リチエルケ・デイ・ビオロジア・モレコラーレ・ピ・アンジエレツテイ・エツセ・エルレ・エルレ Macrocyclic compounds as antiviral agents
CA2693997C (en) 2007-08-03 2013-01-15 Pierre L. Beaulieu Viral polymerase inhibitors
JP5443360B2 (en) * 2007-08-30 2014-03-19 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Co-crystal and pharmaceutical composition containing the same
JP2010540549A (en) 2007-09-24 2010-12-24 アキリオン ファーマシューティカルズ,インコーポレーテッド Urea-containing peptides as viral replication inhibitors
MX2010006210A (en) 2007-12-05 2010-08-10 Enanta Pharm Inc Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors.
MX2010006209A (en) * 2007-12-05 2010-08-10 Enanta Pharm Inc Quinoxalinyl derivatives.
WO2009076747A1 (en) 2007-12-19 2009-06-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8202996B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-06-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Crystalline forms of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-methyl-L-valyl-(4R)-4-((7-chloro-4-methoxy-1-isoquinolinyl)oxy)-N- ((1R,2S)-1-((cyclopropylsulfonyl)carbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropyl)-L-prolinamide
JP5755449B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-07-29 セルジーン アビロミクス リサーチ, インコーポレイテッド HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8293705B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-10-23 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
JP5755450B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-07-29 セルジーン アビロミクス リサーチ, インコーポレイテッド HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8309685B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-11-13 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
JP5574982B2 (en) * 2008-02-04 2014-08-20 イデニク プハルマセウティカルス,インコーポレイテッド Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitor
WO2009108507A1 (en) * 2008-02-25 2009-09-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Therapeutic compounds
US8163921B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2012-04-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
AU2009241445A1 (en) 2008-04-28 2009-11-05 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
WO2009148923A1 (en) 2008-05-29 2009-12-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US7964560B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2011-06-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
KR101313675B1 (en) 2008-07-22 2013-10-02 이스티투토 디 리세르쉐 디 비올로지아 몰레콜라레 피. 안젤레티 에스.알.엘. Macrocyclic quinoxaline compounds as HCV NS3 Protease inhibitors
US8207341B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2012-06-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process or synthesizing substituted isoquinolines
UY32099A (en) 2008-09-11 2010-04-30 Enanta Pharm Inc HEPATITIS C SERINA PROTEASAS MACROCYCLIC INHIBITORS
EP2687526A1 (en) * 2008-09-16 2014-01-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Crystalline forms of a 2-thiazolyl- 4-quinolinyl-oxy derivative, a potent HCV inhibitor
AU2014201788B2 (en) * 2008-09-16 2015-09-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Crystalline forms of a 2-thiazolyl- 4-quinolinyl-oxy derivative, a potent HCV inhibitor
MX2011002602A (en) * 2008-09-17 2011-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Combination of hcv ns3 protease inhibitor with interferon and ribavirin.
CA2737958A1 (en) * 2008-09-23 2010-04-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds
US8563505B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2013-10-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8044087B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2011-10-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
CA2738732A1 (en) * 2008-11-21 2010-05-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Pharmaceutical composition of a potent hcv inhibitor for oral administration
BRPI0922912A8 (en) 2008-12-10 2018-01-02 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as viral replication inhibitors
US8283310B2 (en) 2008-12-15 2012-10-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
CA2747636A1 (en) 2008-12-19 2010-07-15 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Hcv ns3 protease inhibitors
RU2011127080A (en) 2009-01-07 2013-02-20 Сайнексис, Инк. CYCLOSPORIN DERIVATIVE FOR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS C AND HIV VIRUS INFECTION
EP2396028A2 (en) 2009-02-12 2011-12-21 Vertex Pharmceuticals Incorporated Hcv combination therapies comprising pegylated interferon, ribavirin and telaprevir
JP2012520891A (en) 2009-03-19 2012-09-10 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Method for producing sulfonylquinoline
KR20100108297A (en) * 2009-03-26 2010-10-06 주식회사 대웅제약 Novel crystal forms of adefovir dipivoxil and processes for preparing the same
CA2758072A1 (en) 2009-04-08 2010-10-14 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
EP2427434B1 (en) 2009-05-05 2017-05-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Process for preparing bromo-substituted quinolines
WO2010132163A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US8232246B2 (en) * 2009-06-30 2012-07-31 Abbott Laboratories Anti-viral compounds
JP5607736B2 (en) * 2009-07-07 2014-10-15 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Pharmaceutical composition for hepatitis C virus protease inhibitor
WO2011014487A1 (en) 2009-07-30 2011-02-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Hepatitis c virus ns3 protease inhibitors
JP2013501068A (en) 2009-08-05 2013-01-10 アイディニックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitor
US8324417B2 (en) 2009-08-19 2012-12-04 Virobay, Inc. Process for the preparation of (S)-2-amino-5-cyclopropyl-4,4-difluoropentanoic acid and alkyl esters and acid salts thereof
US9193740B2 (en) * 2009-10-19 2015-11-24 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bismacrocyclic compounds as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
NZ598465A (en) 2009-10-30 2013-10-25 Boehringer Ingelheim Int Dosage regimens for hcv combination therapy comprising bi201335, interferon alpha and ribavirin
AU2010333656B2 (en) * 2009-12-18 2015-08-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh HCV combination therapy
SG182589A1 (en) 2010-01-29 2012-08-30 Vertex Pharma Therapies for treating hepatitis c virus infection
US8530497B2 (en) * 2010-03-11 2013-09-10 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Crystalline salts of a potent HCV inhibitor
WO2011156545A1 (en) 2010-06-09 2011-12-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Viral dynamic model for hcv combination therapy
TW201208704A (en) 2010-07-14 2012-03-01 Vertex Pharma Palatable pharmaceutical composition
JP5857053B2 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-02-10 エナンタ ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Macrocyclic proline-derived HCV serine protease inhibitor
US20120135949A1 (en) 2010-09-30 2012-05-31 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Combination therapy for treating hcv infection
WO2012048235A1 (en) * 2010-10-08 2012-04-12 Novartis Ag Vitamin e formulations of sulfamide ns3 inhibitors
US10873190B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2020-12-22 Tseng-Lu Chien Desktop or floor LED lighting device has USB-port(s)
US10873191B2 (en) 2010-11-19 2020-12-22 Tseng-Lu Chien Desk top alarm or time or LED lighting device has USB-port(s)
AU2011352145A1 (en) 2010-12-30 2013-07-18 Abbvie Inc. Phenanthridine macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
EP2658859A4 (en) 2010-12-30 2014-07-30 Enanta Pharm Inc Macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
US9353100B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2016-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections
WO2012109646A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Treatment of hcv in hiv infection patients
WO2012107589A1 (en) 2011-02-11 2012-08-16 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Methods and pharmaceutical compositions for the treatment and prevention of hcv infections
US8957203B2 (en) 2011-05-05 2015-02-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US10201584B1 (en) 2011-05-17 2019-02-12 Abbvie Inc. Compositions and methods for treating HCV
US8691757B2 (en) 2011-06-15 2014-04-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP2723337A1 (en) 2011-06-23 2014-04-30 Panmed Ltd. Treatment of hepatitis c virus
US8492386B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2013-07-23 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
DK2583677T1 (en) 2011-10-21 2015-01-19 Abbvie Inc Methods for treatment of HCV comprising at least two direct-acting antiviral agents ribavirin, interferon but not
TW201600087A (en) 2011-10-21 2016-01-01 艾伯維有限公司 Methods for treating HCV
US8466159B2 (en) 2011-10-21 2013-06-18 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
US9328138B2 (en) 2011-11-15 2016-05-03 Msd Italia S.R.L. HCV NS3 protease inhibitors
KR20140109433A (en) 2012-01-12 2014-09-15 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 Stabilized pharmaceutical formulations of a potent hcv inhibitor
WO2013116339A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated High potency formulations of vx-950
JP2015509980A (en) 2012-03-14 2015-04-02 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Combination therapy to treat HCV infection in a population of HCV-HIV co-infected patients
WO2013147749A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Oral combination therapy for treating hcv infection in specific patient subgenotype populations
WO2013147750A1 (en) 2012-03-27 2013-10-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Oral combination therapy for treating hcv infection in specific patient sub-population
WO2013143581A1 (en) 2012-03-28 2013-10-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Combination therapy for treating hcv infection in specific patient subgenotype sub-population
UA119315C2 (en) 2012-07-03 2019-06-10 Гіліад Фармассет Елелсі Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
JP5870001B2 (en) * 2012-09-28 2016-02-24 株式会社吉野工業所 Blow molding apparatus and container manufacturing method
SG11201502802PA (en) 2012-10-19 2015-05-28 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
EP2914598B1 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-10-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9598433B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
UY35212A (en) * 2012-12-21 2014-06-30 Gilead Sciences Inc INHIBITORS OF THE KINASE THAT REGULATES THE SIGNAL OF APOPTOSIS
JP6342922B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2018-06-13 ブリストル−マイヤーズ スクイブ カンパニーBristol−Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitor
WO2014138374A1 (en) 2013-03-08 2014-09-12 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Oral combination therapy for treating hcv infection in specific patient sub-population
EA201591722A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-02-29 Ачиллион Фармасьютикалз, Инк. NEW METHODS OF OBTAINING COUNTERPROVIR
WO2014145600A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ach-0142684 sodium salt polymorphs, composition including the same, and method of manufacture thereof
ES2735355T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-12-18 Gilead Sciences Inc Hepatitis C virus macrocyclic and bicyclic inhibitors
WO2014145507A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. A process for making a 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptide cyclic analogue, an inhibitor of viral replication, and intermediates thereof
UA116237C2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2018-02-26 Бьорінгер Інгельхайм Інтернаціональ Гмбх Solid oral dosage formulation of hcv inhibitor in the amorphous state
MX2015013020A (en) 2013-03-15 2016-06-10 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc Sovaprevir polymorphs and methods of manufacture thereof.
EP3089757A1 (en) 2014-01-03 2016-11-09 AbbVie Inc. Solid antiviral dosage forms
WO2015192077A1 (en) * 2014-06-12 2015-12-17 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Heterocyclic compounds and methods of use thereof
JP7129703B2 (en) 2016-04-28 2022-09-02 エモリー ユニバーシティー Alkyne-Containing Nucleotide and Nucleoside Therapeutic Compositions and Uses Associated Therewith
CN108610301B (en) * 2016-12-12 2021-08-31 中山大学 Chiral aromatic heterocyclic amine derivative and synthesis method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (91)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US684806A (en) * 1900-03-08 1901-10-22 Filter & Brautechnische Maschinen Fabrik Akt Ges Vorm L A Enzinger Pressure-regulator for pumps.
AR205953A1 (en) * 1975-01-22 1976-06-15 Diamond Shamrock Corp PRODUCTION OF CARBONATES FROM METALS TO CALINES IN A MEMBRANE CELL
DE3481913D1 (en) 1983-04-27 1990-05-17 Ici America Inc PROLIN DERIVATIVES.
JPH01103993A (en) 1987-10-16 1989-04-21 Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd Method for growing diamond single crystal
JPH01135478A (en) 1987-11-19 1989-05-29 Brother Ind Ltd Grinding tool
US5164402A (en) 1989-08-16 1992-11-17 Pfizer Inc Azabicyclo quinolone and naphthyridinone carboxylic acids
US5290405A (en) * 1991-05-24 1994-03-01 Ceramatec, Inc. NaOH production from ceramic electrolytic cell
JPH05155827A (en) 1991-12-09 1993-06-22 Banyu Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of cis-2-aminocyclopropanecarboxylic acid derivative
NZ285565A (en) 1994-06-02 1998-08-26 Hoechst Marion Roussel Inc Short synthetic peptide elastase inhibitors
DE4430601A1 (en) 1994-08-22 1996-02-29 Beiersdorf Ag Cell adhesion peptides for modifying the adhesion behavior of eukaryotic cells to one another
US6159938A (en) 1994-11-21 2000-12-12 Cortech, Inc. Serine protease inhibitors comprising α-keto heterocycles
DE4444893A1 (en) 1994-12-16 1996-06-20 Merck Patent Gmbh Peptides and synthetic cell membranes
GB9517022D0 (en) 1995-08-19 1995-10-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicaments
DE19600034C2 (en) 1996-01-02 2003-12-24 Degussa 1,1,2-Trisubstituted cyclopropane compounds, process for their preparation and dihydroxyethyl-substituted 1-amino-cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid
US5633388A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-05-27 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
JPH11513890A (en) 1996-05-10 1999-11-30 シェーリング コーポレイション Synthetic inhibitor of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
HU227742B1 (en) 1996-10-18 2012-02-28 Vertex Pharma Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
GB9623908D0 (en) 1996-11-18 1997-01-08 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
WO1998046597A1 (en) 1997-04-14 1998-10-22 Emory University Serine protease inhibitors
GB9707659D0 (en) 1997-04-16 1997-06-04 Peptide Therapeutics Ltd Hepatitis C NS3 Protease inhibitors
JPH10298151A (en) 1997-04-30 1998-11-10 Japan Energy Corp Hepatitis c virus protease inhibitor
EP1001764A4 (en) 1997-05-29 2005-08-24 Merck & Co Inc Heterocyclic amide compounds as cell adhesion inhibitors
JPH1135478A (en) 1997-07-17 1999-02-09 Soyaku Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Antihepatitis c viral agent and specific inhibitor of protease ns3 containing organic extract from plant of family compuestas
US6767991B1 (en) 1997-08-11 2004-07-27 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis C inhibitor peptides
DK1003775T3 (en) 1997-08-11 2005-05-30 Boehringer Ingelheim Ca Ltd Hepatitis C inhibitor peptides
JP4452401B2 (en) 1997-08-11 2010-04-21 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム (カナダ) リミテッド Hepatitis C virus inhibitory peptide analog
JPH11127861A (en) 1997-10-29 1999-05-18 Japan Energy Corp Neutralized partial peptide of antibody against serine protease originated from hepatitis c virus
JP3612551B2 (en) 1997-11-07 2005-01-19 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 RNA molecule that inhibits NS3 protease of hepatitis C virus
SE9704543D0 (en) 1997-12-05 1997-12-05 Astra Ab New compounds
IT1299134B1 (en) 1998-02-02 2000-02-29 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio PROCEDURE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PEPTIDES WITH PROTEAS INHIBITING THE NS3 PROTEASIS OF THE HCV VIRUS, PEPTIDES SO OBTAINABLE AND PEPTIDES
GB9806815D0 (en) 1998-03-30 1998-05-27 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
DE69934104T2 (en) 1998-03-31 2007-06-28 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc., Cambridge INHIBITORS OF SERIN PROTEASES, ESPECIALLY OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS NS3 PROTEASE
JPH11292840A (en) 1998-04-06 1999-10-26 Soyaku Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Norstatine derivative or its salt
US6455571B1 (en) 1998-04-23 2002-09-24 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of neuraminidases
GB9809664D0 (en) 1998-05-06 1998-07-01 Hoffmann La Roche a-Ketoamide derivatives
GB9812523D0 (en) 1998-06-10 1998-08-05 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Peptide inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
US6323180B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2001-11-27 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
AR022061A1 (en) 1998-08-10 2002-09-04 Boehringer Ingelheim Ca Ltd INHIBITING PEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C, A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING THEM, THE USE OF THE SAME TO PREPARE A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, THE USE OF AN INTERMEDIATE PRODUCT FOR THE PREPARATION OF THESE PEPTIDES AND A PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF ANOGRAPH .
WO2000020400A1 (en) 1998-10-05 2000-04-13 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions for treating hepatitis c infections
US6277830B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2001-08-21 Schering Corporation 5′-amino acid esters of ribavirin and the use of same to treat hepatitis C with interferon
GB9825946D0 (en) 1998-11-26 1999-01-20 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Pharmaceutical compounds for the inhibition of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US6608027B1 (en) 1999-04-06 2003-08-19 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis C virus
UA74546C2 (en) 1999-04-06 2006-01-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Ca Ltd Macrocyclic peptides having activity relative to hepatitis c virus, a pharmaceutical composition and use of the pharmaceutical composition
AU5920400A (en) 1999-07-07 2001-01-22 Du Pont Pharmaceuticals Company Cell-based assay systems for examining hcv ns3 protease activity
CA2376961A1 (en) 1999-07-26 2001-02-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Lactam inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
EP1206568A2 (en) 1999-08-30 2002-05-22 K.U. Leuven Research & Development Target for antiparasitic agents and inhibitors thereof
JP2001103993A (en) 1999-10-05 2001-04-17 Japan Energy Corp Cyclic peptide and serine protease inhibitor
US6222241B1 (en) * 1999-10-29 2001-04-24 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Method and system for reducing ARC layer removal by providing a capping layer for the ARC layer
GB9925955D0 (en) 1999-11-02 1999-12-29 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Hcv n33 protease inhibitors
US6774212B2 (en) 1999-12-03 2004-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Alpha-ketoamide inhibitors of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US6624290B2 (en) 2000-02-08 2003-09-23 Schering Corporation Azapeptides useful in the treatment of Hepatitis C
WO2001064678A2 (en) 2000-02-29 2001-09-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
AU2001251165A1 (en) 2000-04-03 2001-10-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
ES2317900T3 (en) 2000-04-05 2009-05-01 Schering Corporation SERINA PROTEASA NS3 MACROCICLIC INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS C VIRUSES INCLUDING P2 N-CYCLICAL FRAGMENTS.
CN1432022A (en) 2000-04-19 2003-07-23 先灵公司 Macrocyclic NS3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis C virus comprising alkyl and aryl alanine P2 moieties
WO2002008251A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Corvas International, Inc. Peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
AR029851A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2003-07-16 Dendreon Corp NEW PEPTIDES AS INHIBITORS OF NS3-SERINA PROTEASA DEL VIRUS DE HEPATITIS C
AR034127A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2004-02-04 Schering Corp IMIDAZOLIDINONES AS INHIBITORS OF NS3-SERINA PROTEASA OF THE HEPATITIS C VIRUS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, A METHOD FOR THEIR PREPARATION, AND THE USE OF THE SAME FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
HUP0303358A3 (en) 2000-07-21 2005-10-28 Schering Corp Novel peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
KR100904788B1 (en) 2000-07-21 2009-06-25 쉐링 코포레이션 Novel peptides as NS3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
SV2003000617A (en) 2000-08-31 2003-01-13 Lilly Co Eli INHIBITORS OF PROTEASA PEPTIDOMIMETICA REF. X-14912M
US6846806B2 (en) 2000-10-23 2005-01-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Peptide inhibitors of Hepatitis C virus NS3 protein
AU2002248147B2 (en) 2000-11-20 2006-04-06 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C tripeptide inhibitors
GB0107924D0 (en) 2001-03-29 2001-05-23 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Inhibitor of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US6867185B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2005-03-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
CA2369711A1 (en) 2002-01-30 2003-07-30 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
CA2369970A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
CA2474156C (en) 2002-02-01 2011-09-20 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Tripeptides having a hydroxyproline ether of a substituted quinoline for the inhibition of ns3 (hepatitis c)
US6642204B2 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-11-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US7091184B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2006-08-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
CA2370396A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
ES2361011T3 (en) 2002-05-20 2011-06-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company HEPATITIS VIRUS INHIBITORS C.
DE60334205D1 (en) 2002-05-20 2010-10-28 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Heterocyclische sulfonamid-hepatitis-c-virus-hemmer
MY140680A (en) 2002-05-20 2010-01-15 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
PL213029B1 (en) 2002-05-20 2012-12-31 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Substituted cycloalkyl p1' hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US20040033959A1 (en) 2002-07-19 2004-02-19 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for hepatitis C viral protease inhibitors
ATE486889T1 (en) 2003-03-05 2010-11-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Int PEPTIDE ANALOGUES WITH INHIBITORY EFFECT ON HEPATITIS C
JP4550824B2 (en) * 2003-03-05 2010-09-22 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Hepatitis C inhibitory compound
JP4447603B2 (en) 2003-05-21 2010-04-07 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Hepatitis C inhibitor compound
UY28525A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-04-29 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ACTIVE MACROCICLIC PEPTIDES AGAINST HEPATITIS C VIRUSES
US7132504B2 (en) 2003-11-12 2006-11-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP1702089A2 (en) * 2003-12-11 2006-09-20 American Pacific Corporation Electrolytic method to make alkali alcoholates using ceramic ion conducting solid membranes
ES2336009T3 (en) * 2004-01-30 2010-04-07 Medivir Ab INHIBITORS OF THE NS-3 SERINA PROTEASA HCV.
EP1753775B1 (en) 2004-05-25 2012-12-26 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Process for preparing acyclic hcv protease inhibitors
RU2004119195A (en) 2004-06-24 2005-12-10 Дмитрий Александрович Гертнер (RU) METHOD FOR NON-CONTACT, GUARANTEED DELIVERY OF GOODS TO END USER AND SYSTEM FOR ITS IMPLEMENTATION
US7705146B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2010-04-27 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogs
CA2573346C (en) 2004-07-20 2011-09-20 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
UY29016A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ANALOGS OF INHIBITING DIPEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C
AU2008236722A1 (en) * 2007-04-03 2008-10-16 Ceramatec, Inc. Electrochemical process to recycle aqueous alkali chemicals using ceramic ion conducting solid membranes
US20090090638A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2009-04-09 Kelly Michael T Processes and reactors for alkali metal production
US8246863B2 (en) * 2009-06-26 2012-08-21 Ceramatec, Inc. Alkali metal super ionic conducting ceramic

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DK1654261T3 (en) 2008-01-14
TW200508220A (en) 2005-03-01
US20050020503A1 (en) 2005-01-27
EA200501689A1 (en) 2006-06-30
US20120034187A1 (en) 2012-02-09
ZA200508201B (en) 2007-02-28
UY28323A1 (en) 2004-12-31
CN1791599A (en) 2006-06-21
PL1654261T3 (en) 2008-04-30
US20110177030A1 (en) 2011-07-21
US8067438B2 (en) 2011-11-29
KR20060013671A (en) 2006-02-13
TWI327145B (en) 2010-07-11
US7585845B2 (en) 2009-09-08
UA83046C2 (en) 2008-06-10
BRPI0410456B1 (en) 2019-07-09
KR101115294B1 (en) 2012-04-12
US7939667B2 (en) 2011-05-10
ES2297424T3 (en) 2008-05-01
NZ544076A (en) 2009-04-30
MXPA05012545A (en) 2006-02-08
CY1107200T1 (en) 2012-11-21
EP1654261B1 (en) 2007-11-14
US20070243166A1 (en) 2007-10-18
AU2004240704A1 (en) 2004-12-02
DE602004010137D1 (en) 2007-12-27
EA009295B1 (en) 2007-12-28
US20120269769A1 (en) 2012-10-25
ATE378334T1 (en) 2007-11-15
WO2004103996A1 (en) 2004-12-02
ECSP056181A (en) 2006-04-19
RS51294B (en) 2010-12-31
ME00382B (en) 2011-05-10
CN103204903A (en) 2013-07-17
CL2004001161A1 (en) 2005-04-08
CA2522577A1 (en) 2004-12-02
CN103203010A (en) 2013-07-17
IL172013A (en) 2011-10-31
JP4447603B2 (en) 2010-04-07
AU2004240704B2 (en) 2009-08-20
RS20050871A (en) 2007-08-03
NO20056047L (en) 2006-01-31
EP1654261A1 (en) 2006-05-10
CO5630024A2 (en) 2006-04-28
JP2010043129A (en) 2010-02-25
MY143076A (en) 2011-02-28
NO332056B1 (en) 2012-06-11
DE602004010137T2 (en) 2008-09-11
JP2006528937A (en) 2006-12-28
PE20050204A1 (en) 2005-05-04
BRPI0410456A (en) 2006-06-06
AU2004240704B9 (en) 2009-10-22
BRPI0410456B8 (en) 2021-05-25
PT1654261E (en) 2008-01-18
HRP20080014T3 (en) 2008-02-29
MEP58308A (en) 2011-05-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2522577C (en) Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds
US7642235B2 (en) Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis C virus
US6919423B2 (en) Hepatitis C inhibitor compound
EP1730167B1 (en) Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
US20040224900A1 (en) Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analogs
US20030187018A1 (en) Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
CA2474156C (en) Tripeptides having a hydroxyproline ether of a substituted quinoline for the inhibition of ns3 (hepatitis c)
CA2474031C (en) Heterocyclic tripeptides as hepatitis c inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
EEER Examination request
MKLA Lapsed

Effective date: 20210519